TW201231501A

TW201231501A - Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film manufactured using the same, and liquid crystal display device including the liquid crystal alignment film

Info

Publication number: TW201231501A
Application number: TW100125153A
Authority: TW
Inventors: Eun-Ha Kim; Myoung-Youp Shin; Jae-Deuk Yang; Yong-Sik Yoo; Guk-Pyo Jo; Jung-Gon Choi
Original assignee: Cheil Ind Inc
Priority date: 2011-01-24
Filing date: 2011-07-15
Publication date: 2012-08-01
Also published as: US8557928B2; KR101333709B1; US20120190801A1; KR20120085515A; CN102604650B; CN102604650A; TWI458755B

Abstract

A liquid crystal alignment agent is provided that includes a polymer selected from polyamic acid including a repeating unit represented by the following Chemical Formula 1, polyimide including a repeating unit represented by the following Chemical Formula 2, and a combination thereof. In Chemical Formulae 1 and 2, each X1, X2, Y1 and Y2 are the same as in the detailed description.

Description

201231501 38435pif 六、發明說明：【發明所屬之技術領域】本揭露内容是有關於液晶配向劑、使用該液晶配向劑製造的液晶配向膜、以及含有該液晶配向膜的液晶顯示器。【先前技術】液晶顯示器（liquid crystal display ; LCD)含有液晶配向膜’且液晶配向膜主要是由聚合物材料所製成。液晶配向膜是做為對準液晶分子的導向器 (director)。當液晶分子受電場影響而移動以呈現影像時’液晶配向膜使其沿著預先決定的方向定向。通常需要均勻地對準液晶分子，以提供LCD均勻的亮度和高對比度。然而，隨著近日LCD市場的擴大，對高品質的需求漸增。另外，因為LCDs的尺寸快速變大，對高產率的液晶配向膜的需求也在增加。因此，經常需要具有低LCD製程劣率（inferi〇rity rate)、出色的光電特徵、高可靠度以及高效能（可廣泛滿足發展中的各種LCD的不同特性）的液晶配向膜。為了達成液晶配向，材料大量塗佈於液晶顯示器，必須有出色的光穩定性和熱穩定性，並且不可有殘像。【發明内容】本發明一實施例提供一種液晶配向劑，使光配向 (photo-ahgmnent)能在低能量達成，並且維持優良的垂直配向；形成優良的紋理（texture)，藉由增強的光反應 201231501 38435pif 性改善靈敏度，以及避免彳呆作過程中的亮度差異。本發明另一實施例提供一種以上述液晶配向劑製造的液晶配向膜。本發明又一實施例提供一種含有上述液晶配向膜的液晶顯不。根據本發明一實施例，提供一種包含聚合物的液晶配向劑’所述聚合物是選自聚醯胺酸（P〇lyamjc aCjd)、聚酿亞胺（polyimide)及其組合，其中，聚醯胺酸含有以下列化學式1表示的重複單元，而聚醯亞胺含有以下列化學式2表示的重複單元。201231501 38435pif VI. [Technical Field] The present disclosure relates to a liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal alignment film produced using the liquid crystal alignment agent, and a liquid crystal display including the liquid crystal alignment film. [Prior Art] A liquid crystal display (LCD) contains a liquid crystal alignment film' and a liquid crystal alignment film is mainly made of a polymer material. The liquid crystal alignment film is used as a director for aligning liquid crystal molecules. When the liquid crystal molecules are moved by the electric field to present an image, the liquid crystal alignment film is oriented in a predetermined direction. It is often desirable to evenly align liquid crystal molecules to provide uniform brightness and high contrast of the LCD. However, with the recent expansion of the LCD market, the demand for high quality is increasing. In addition, as the size of LCDs rapidly increases, the demand for high-yield liquid crystal alignment films is also increasing. Therefore, a liquid crystal alignment film having a low LCD process inferiivity rate, excellent photoelectric characteristics, high reliability, and high performance (which can widely satisfy various characteristics of various LCDs under development) is often required. In order to achieve liquid crystal alignment, a large amount of material is applied to a liquid crystal display, which must have excellent light stability and thermal stability, and must have no afterimage. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION An embodiment of the present invention provides a liquid crystal alignment agent that enables photo-ahgmnent to be achieved at low energy and maintains excellent vertical alignment; forms an excellent texture by enhanced photoreaction 201231501 38435pif improves sensitivity and avoids differences in brightness during sleep. Another embodiment of the present invention provides a liquid crystal alignment film produced by the above liquid crystal alignment agent. According to still another embodiment of the present invention, a liquid crystal display comprising the above liquid crystal alignment film is provided. According to an embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a liquid crystal alignment agent comprising a polymer, wherein the polymer is selected from the group consisting of polyphthalic acid (P〇lyamjc aCjd), polyimide, and combinations thereof, wherein polyfluorene The amine acid contains a repeating unit represented by the following Chemical Formula 1, and the polyiminimide contains a repeating unit represented by the following Chemical Formula 2.

[化學式1] HOOC’、c〇〇h [化學式2] 〇 Ο[Chemical Formula 1] HOOC', c〇〇h [Chemical Formula 2] 〇 Ο

在化學式1及化學式2中， X1與X2相同或不同，且其各自獨立為衍生自脂環酸 ⑧ 201231501 38435pif 一針（alicyclic acid dianhydride )或芳香酸二肝（aromatic acid dianhydride )的四價有機基。 Y1與Y2相同或不同’且其各自獨立為衍生自二元胺的二價有機基’且所述二元胺包括以化學式3表示的二元胺或其組合。In Chemical Formula 1 and Chemical Formula 2, X1 and X2 are the same or different, and each of them is independently a tetravalent organic group derived from an alicyclic acid 8 201231501 38435pif alicyclic acid dianhydride or aromatic acid dianhydride. . Y1 and Y2 are the same or different 'and each of them is independently a divalent organic group derived from a diamine' and the diamine includes a diamine represented by Chemical Formula 3 or a combination thereof.

在化學式3中，Α1是單鍵或C1至C2伸烷基， Α2是經取代或未經取代的C1至C30伸烷基，或至少一個-CH2-基團被-〇-、_〇〇C-、-COO-、-OCOO-、-NHCO-、 -CONH-或-CO-獨立取代的C1至C10伸烷基， A3 是單鍵、〇、S〇2 或 C(R103)(R104)，其中 R103 與 R104 相同或不同’且各自獨立為氫或經取代或未經取代的Cl 至C6虎基， R1至R4相同或不同，且其各自獨立為氫、經取代或未經取代的C1至C30烷基、經取代或未經取代C6至C30 的芳基、或經取代或未經取代的C2至C30雜芳基， R5是經取代或未經取代的C1至C30伸烷基，或至少一個-CHr 基團被_c〇-、_c〇-0-、-NW-、-NWCO-、-CO-NW- 201231501 38435pif 或-CH=CH-獨立取代的Cl至C30伸烷基，其中w是氫或 C1至C10烷基，且氧原子並未直接連結， Q1、Q2與Q3各自獨立為氫或鹵素，且 η是從2到4的整數。二元胺還可包括以下列化學式4表示的二元胺或其組合。 [化學式4]In Chemical Formula 3, Α1 is a single bond or a C1 to C2 alkylene group, Α2 is a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C30 alkylene group, or at least one -CH2- group is -〇-, _〇〇C -, -COO-, -OCOO-, -NHCO-, -CONH- or -CO- independently substituted C1 to C10 alkylene, A3 is a single bond, hydrazine, S〇2 or C(R103)(R104), Wherein R103 and R104 are the same or different and each independently is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted Cl to C6, and R1 to R4 are the same or different and each independently is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1 to a C30 alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted C6 to C30 aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted C2 to C30 heteroaryl group, R5 is a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C30 alkylene group, or at least a -CHr group is independently substituted by _c〇-, _c〇-0-, -NW-, -NWCO-, -CO-NW- 201231501 38435pif or -CH=CH-, alkyl to C30 alkyl, wherein It is hydrogen or a C1 to C10 alkyl group, and the oxygen atoms are not directly linked, and Q1, Q2 and Q3 are each independently hydrogen or halogen, and η is an integer from 2 to 4. The diamine may further include a diamine represented by the following Chemical Formula 4 or a combination thereof. [Chemical Formula 4]

在化學式4中， Α1是單鍵或C1至C2伸烷基， Α2是經取代或未經取代的C1至C30伸烷基，或至少一個-CH2-基團被-0_、_〇〇c_、_coo_、_〇c〇〇_、_NHCO-、 -CONH-或-CO-獨立取代的C1至ci〇伸烷基。 A3 是單鍵、〇、S〇2 或 c(R103)(R104)，其中 R103 與 R1〇4 相同或不同，且各自獨立為氫或經取代或未經取代的Cl 至C6烧基， R1至R4相同或不同，且其各自獨立為氫、經取代成未經取代的C1至C30烷基、經取代或未經取代的C6裏 C30芳基、或經取代或未經取代的C2至c3〇雜芳基， R5是環狀或未經取代的C1至C30伸烷基，或炱少/ 201231501 38435pif 個-CH2-基團被-CO-、-COO-、-NW-、-NWCO-、-CO-NW-或-CH=CH-獨立取代的ci至C30伸烷基，其中w是氫或 Cl至CIO烷基，且氧原子未直接連接，且 Q1、Q2以及Q3各自獨立為氫或鹵素。以二元胺的總量計，二元胺可包括2〇莫耳％到9〇莫耳％以化學式3表示的二元胺以及1〇莫耳％到8〇莫耳％以化學式4表示的二元胺。. 以化學式3表示的二元胺可以是以下列化學式5表示的二元胺。 > [化學式5]In Chemical Formula 4, Α1 is a single bond or a C1 to C2 alkylene group, Α2 is a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C30 alkylene group, or at least one -CH2- group is -0, _〇〇c_, _coo_, _〇c〇〇_, _NHCO-, -CONH- or -CO- independently substituted C1 to ci 〇 alkyl. A3 is a single bond, hydrazine, S〇2 or c(R103)(R104), wherein R103 is the same or different from R1〇4, and each independently is hydrogen or a substituted or unsubstituted Cl to C6 alkyl group, R1 to R4 are the same or different and are each independently hydrogen, substituted with unsubstituted C1 to C30 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C6 aryl C30 aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted C2 to c3 〇 Heteroaryl, R5 is cyclic or unsubstituted C1 to C30 alkyl, or less / 201231501 38435pif -CH2- group is -CO-, -COO-, -NW-, -NWCO-, - CO-NW- or -CH=CH- independently substituted ci to C30 alkylene, wherein w is hydrogen or Cl to CIO alkyl, and the oxygen atom is not directly bonded, and Q1, Q2 and Q3 are each independently hydrogen or halogen . The diamine may include 2% by mole to 9% by mole of the diamine represented by Chemical Formula 3 and 1% by mole to 8 % by mole based on the total amount of the diamine. Diamine. The diamine represented by Chemical Formula 3 may be a diamine represented by the following Chemical Formula 5. > [Chemical Formula 5]

在化學式5中， A21 是-0-、-OOC-或-COO-， R11至R14相同或不同，且其各自獨立為氫或經取代或未經取代的C1至C10烷基， < nl是從2到4的整數，且 n2是從〇到2的整數。聚醯胺酸可具有50,000至500, 000的重量平均分子量。 201231501 38435pif 聚醯亞胺可具有50,000至500,000的重量平均分子量。液晶配向劑可包括重量比1 : 99至50 : 50的聚醯胺酸和聚醯亞胺。液晶配向劑可具有1重量％至30重量％的固體含量。根據本發明另一實施例，提供一種液晶配向膜，其藉由將液晶配向劑塗佈至基板來製造。根據本發明又一實施例，提供一種包含液晶配向膜的液晶顯不器。此液晶配向劑可在低能量下執行光配向，且可提供優良的紋理、靈敏度及類似性質。【實施方式】下文將仔細描述本發明的示例性實施例。然而，這些實施例僅為示例作用，本發明不以此為限。在本文中，若未提供明確定義，所謂「經取代」可指以取代基來取代官能基中的至少一個氫，而所述取代基是從由函素（F、Br、Cl或I)、羥基、硝基、氰基、胺基（NH2、 NH(R100)或 N(R101)(Ri〇2)，其中 Rl00、Rl01 與 r102 相同或不同，且各自獨立為〇至〇：10烷基）、甲脒基、聯胺基、腙基叛基、，’至取代或未經取代的烧基、經取代或未經取代的鹵烧基、經取代或未經取代·氧基、經取代或未經取代的脂環錢基（alieydie Gfganie _p)、經喊或未經取代的芳基、經取代或未經取代的烯基、經取代或未經取代的块基、經取代或未練代的料基以及縣代或未經 201231501 38435pif 取代的雜環烷基所構成的群中選出。在本文中，若未提供明確定義，所謂「烷基」可指，且制是C1 ^ C2G錄。所謂「環烷基」 ^蚀至⑶環烧基，且特別是C3至C20環烧基。所明雜環燒基」可指C2SC30雜環烧基，且特別是c2 至C20雜環烧基。所謂「伸烧基」可指〇至⑶伸烧基，且特別是Cl S C2G伸絲。所謂「錄基」可指〇直 =0烧氧基’且特別是C1至⑽燒氧基。所謂「環伸炫 :」可指C3至C30環伸燒基，且特別是ο至。2〇環伸烷基。所謂「雜環伸烷基」可指C2至C3〇雜環伸烷基，且特別是C2至C20雜環伸院基。所謂「芳基」可指c6 至C30芳基，且特別是C6至C2〇芳基。所謂「雜芳基」可指C2至C30雜芳基’且特別是C2至C18雜芳基。所謂「伸芳基赴」可指C6至C3〇伸芳基，且特別是c6至 C20伸芳基。所謂「雜伸芳基」可指C2至⑶雜伸芳基，且特別是C2至C20雜伸芳基。所謂「烧芳基」可指〇至C3〇烧芳基，且特別是C7至C2G烧芳基。所謂齒素可指 F、Cl、Br 或 I。在本文中，若未另外提供明確定義，所謂雜環烷基、雜環伸烧基、雜芳細及_芳基可分麻環巾包含1至 3個異質原子（N、〇、s、si或p)以及剩餘的碳的環炫基、環伸燒基、芳基以及伸芳基。在本文中，若未另外提供明確定義，所謂「脂肪族可指C1至C30烧基、C2至C3〇烯基、C2至C3〇炔基、 11 201231501 38435pifIn Chemical Formula 5, A21 is -0-, -OOC- or -COO-, and R11 to R14 are the same or different, and each of them is independently hydrogen or a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C10 alkyl group, <nl is An integer from 2 to 4, and n2 is an integer from 〇 to 2. The polyglycolic acid may have a weight average molecular weight of 50,000 to 500,000. 201231501 38435pif Polyimine can have a weight average molecular weight of 50,000 to 500,000. The liquid crystal aligning agent may include polyamine and polyimine in a weight ratio of 1:99 to 50:50. The liquid crystal alignment agent may have a solid content of from 1% by weight to 30% by weight. According to another embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a liquid crystal alignment film which is produced by coating a liquid crystal alignment agent onto a substrate. According to still another embodiment of the present invention, a liquid crystal display comprising a liquid crystal alignment film is provided. This liquid crystal alignment agent performs light alignment at a low energy and provides excellent texture, sensitivity, and the like. [Embodiment] Hereinafter, an exemplary embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail. However, these examples are for illustrative purposes only and the invention is not limited thereto. Herein, if a clear definition is not provided, the term "substituted" may mean replacing at least one hydrogen in a functional group with a substituent derived from a functional element (F, Br, Cl or I), a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, a cyano group, an amine group (NH2, NH(R100) or N(R101)(Ri〇2), wherein R100, Rl01 and r102 are the same or different and each independently is 〇 to 〇: 10 alkyl) , formazan, hydrazino, fluorenyl, 'to substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted halogen, substituted or unsubstituted oxy, substituted or Unsubstituted alieydie Gfganie _p, shunted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted block, substituted or unaltered The base is selected from the group consisting of the county or a heterocycloalkyl group which is not substituted by 201231501 38435pif. In this document, if a clear definition is not provided, the term "alkyl" may mean C, and the system is C1 ^ C2G. The so-called "cycloalkyl group" is etched to (3) a cycloalkyl group, and particularly a C3 to C20 cycloalkyl group. The heterocycloalkyl group may mean C2SC30 heterocycloalkyl, and especially c2 to C20 heterocycloalkyl. The so-called "extension base" may refer to a (3) stretch base, and in particular a Cl S C2G wire. The term "recording base" may mean 〇0 = alkoxy" and especially C1 to (10) alkoxy. The so-called "ring extension:" can refer to C3 to C30 ring extension base, and especially ο. 2 〇 ring alkyl. The "heterocycloalkylene group" may mean a C2 to C3 fluorene heterocycloalkyl group, and particularly a C2 to C20 heterocyclic ring. The "aryl group" may mean a c6 to C30 aryl group, and particularly a C6 to C2 aryl group. The "heteroaryl group" may mean a C2 to C30 heteroaryl group and especially a C2 to C18 heteroaryl group. The term "extension" refers to C6 to C3, and especially c6 to C20. The "heteroaryl group" may mean a C2 to (3) heteroaryl group, and particularly a C2 to C20 heteroaryl group. The "burning aryl group" may mean 〇 to C3 aryl aryl, and especially C7 to C2G aryl. The so-called dentate can refer to F, Cl, Br or I. Herein, the heterocycloalkyl, heterocyclic alkyl, heteroaromatic and aryl cyclable ringlets contain 1 to 3 heteroatoms (N, 〇, s, si, unless otherwise explicitly defined). Or p) and the remaining carbon cyclodextrin, cycloalkylene, aryl and aryl groups. In the present context, if not explicitly defined otherwise, the term "aliphatic" may mean C1 to C30 alkyl, C2 to C3 nonenyl, C2 to C3 decynyl, 11 201231501 38435pif

Cl至C30伸烧基、C2至C30伸烯基或C2至C30伸炔基 (alkynylene )，且特別是c〗至C20烷基、C2至C20稀基、 C2至C20炔基、C1至C20伸烷基、C2至C20伸烯基或 C2至C20伸炔基。所謂「脂環」可指C3至c3〇環烷基、 C3至C30環烯基、C3至C30環炔基、C3至C30環伸烷基、C3至C30環伸烯基或C3至C30環伸炔基，且特別是 C3 至 C20 環烷基（CyCi〇an aikyl)、C3 至 C20 環烯基、C3 至C20環炔基、C3至C20環伸烷基、C3至C20環伸烯基或C3至C20環伸炔基。所謂「芳香」可指C6至C30芳基、C2至C30雜芳基、C6至C30伸芳基或C2至C30雜伸芳基，且特別是C6至C16芳基、C2至C16雜芳基、 C6至C16伸芳基或C2至C16雜伸芳基。在本文中’若未另外提供明確定義，所謂「組合」可指混合物或共聚反應（如果是脂環有機基以及芳香有機基、兩個或多個環的稠環、或由單鍵、〇、S、C(=0)、 CH(OH)、S(=〇)、s(=〇)2、Si(CH3)2、（CH2)p (其中 1郅夕）、 (CF)2q (其中 1^^2)、c(CH3)2、C(CF3)2、C(CH3)(CF3)或 C(=0)NH連接的兩個或多個環）。此處「共聚反應」可指嵌段共聚反應至無規共聚反應，而「共聚合物」可指段共聚合物至無規共聚合物。表示與相同或不同原子或化學式連接的位置。根據本發明一實施例的液晶配向劑包括聚合物，上述聚合物是選自聚醯胺酸、聚醯亞胺及其組合，其中，聚醯胺酸含有以下列化學式1表示的重複單元，而聚醯亞胺含 ⑧ 12 201231501 38435pif 有以下列化學式2表示的重複單元 [化學式1] •NH- NH—Y-Cl to C30 extended alkyl, C2 to C30 extended alkenyl or C2 to C30 extended alkynyl, and especially c to C20 alkyl, C2 to C20 dilute, C2 to C20 alkynyl, C1 to C20 Alkyl, C2 to C20 extended alkenyl or C2 to C20 extended alkynyl. The term "alicyclic" may mean C3 to c3 fluorenylcycloalkyl, C3 to C30 cycloalkenyl, C3 to C30 cycloalkynyl, C3 to C30 cycloalkyl, C3 to C30 cycloalkenyl or C3 to C30 ring extension. Alkynyl, and especially C3 to C20 cycloalkyl (CyCi〇an aikyl), C3 to C20 cycloalkenyl, C3 to C20 cycloalkynyl, C3 to C20 cycloalkyl, C3 to C20 cycloalkenyl or C3 To the C20 ring stretching alkynyl group. The term "aromatic" may mean C6 to C30 aryl, C2 to C30 heteroaryl, C6 to C30 extended aryl or C2 to C30 heteroaryl, and especially C6 to C16 aryl, C2 to C16 heteroaryl, C6 to C16 extended aryl or C2 to C16 heteroaryl. As used herein, if not explicitly defined otherwise, the term "combination" may mean a mixture or copolymerization reaction (if it is an alicyclic organic group and an aromatic organic group, a fused ring of two or more rings, or a single bond, hydrazine, S, C (=0), CH (OH), S (= 〇), s (= 〇) 2, Si (CH3) 2, (CH2) p (of which 1 郅 )), (CF) 2q (1 of which ^^2), c(CH3)2, C(CF3)2, C(CH3)(CF3) or C(=0)NH two or more rings). Here, "copolymerization reaction" may mean a block copolymerization reaction to a random copolymerization reaction, and "copolymer" may mean a segment copolymer to a random copolymer. Represents a position that is connected to the same or a different atom or chemical formula. A liquid crystal alignment agent according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a polymer selected from the group consisting of polylysine, polyimine, and combinations thereof, wherein the polyamine contains a repeating unit represented by the following Chemical Formula 1, and Polyimine contains 8 12 201231501 38435pif There are repeating units represented by the following chemical formula 2 [Chemical Formula 1] • NH- NH—Y-

H00C7 \〇〇HH00C7 \〇〇H

[化學式2][Chemical Formula 2]

在化學式1與化學式2中， X1與X2相同或不同，且其各自獨立為衍生自脂環酸二酐或芳香酸二酐的四價有機基。在每一重複單元中，X1 可以相同也可以不同，且在每一重複單元中，X2可以相同也可以不同。 Y1與Y2相同或不同，且其各自獨立為衍生自二元胺的二價有機基，且所述二元胺包括以化學式3表示的二元胺或其組合。 [化學式3] 13 201231501 38435pifIn Chemical Formula 1 and Chemical Formula 2, X1 and X2 are the same or different, and each of them is independently a tetravalent organic group derived from an alicyclic acid dianhydride or an aromatic acid dianhydride. In each repeating unit, X1 may be the same or different, and in each repeating unit, X2 may be the same or different. Y1 is the same as or different from Y2, and each of them is independently a divalent organic group derived from a diamine, and the diamine includes a diamine represented by Chemical Formula 3 or a combination thereof. [Chemical Formula 3] 13 201231501 38435pif

在化學式3中，V是單鍵或C1至C2伸烷基， A2是經取代或未經取代的C1至C30伸烷基，或至少一個 _CH2-基團被-0·、-ooc-、-COO-、-OCOO-、-NHCO-、 -CONH-或-CO-獨立取代的C1至ci〇伸烷基， A3 是單鍵、Ο、S02 或 C(R103)(R104)，其中 R103 與 R104 相同或不同’且各自獨立為氫或經取代或未經取代的Cl 至C6烷基， R1至R4相同或不同，且其各自獨立為氫、經取代或未經取代的C1至C30烷基、經取代或未經取代的C6至 C30芳基、或經取代或未經取代的C2至C30雜芳基， R5是經取代或未經取代的C1至C30伸烷基，或至少一個-CH2-基團被-CO-、-CO-0-、_NW-、-NWCO-、-CO-NW-或-CH=CH-獨立取代的Cl至C30伸烷基，其中W是氫或 C1至C10烷基，且氧原子並未直接連結， Q1、Q2與Q3各自獨立為氫或鹵素， η是從2到4的整數。在上述化學式3中，當η為2以上，液晶配向劑可改善光反應性，且因此使光配向能在低能量達成’並且維持優良的垂直配向以及形成優良的紋理。另外，藉由其增強 201231501 38435pif 的光反應性’液晶配向劑可改善靈敏度，且避免操作過程中的發光差異。二元胺可包括單獨由上述化學式3表示的二元胺，或者為混合物（其由上述化學式3表示的二元胺以及上述化學式4表示的二元胺或其組合混合而成）。 [化學式4]In Chemical Formula 3, V is a single bond or a C1 to C2 alkylene group, A2 is a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C30 alkylene group, or at least one _CH2- group is -0, -ooc-, -COO-, -OCOO-, -NHCO-, -CONH- or -CO- independently substituted C1 to ci alkyl, A3 is a single bond, hydrazine, S02 or C(R103) (R104), wherein R103 R104 are the same or different and are each independently hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted Cl to C6 alkyl, R1 to R4 are the same or different, and each independently is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C30 alkyl a substituted or unsubstituted C6 to C30 aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted C2 to C30 heteroaryl group, R5 being a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C30 alkylene group, or at least one -CH2 a group of C to C30 alkyl groups independently substituted by -CO-, -CO-0-, _NW-, -NWCO-, -CO-NW- or -CH=CH-, wherein W is hydrogen or C1 to C10 An alkyl group, and the oxygen atoms are not directly linked, and Q1, Q2 and Q3 are each independently hydrogen or halogen, and η is an integer from 2 to 4. In the above Chemical Formula 3, when η is 2 or more, the liquid crystal alignment agent can improve photoreactivity, and thus light alignment can be achieved at low energy and maintain excellent vertical alignment and form excellent texture. In addition, by enhancing the photoreactive 'liquid crystal alignment agent of 201231501 38435pif, the sensitivity can be improved and the difference in luminescence during operation can be avoided. The diamine may include a diamine represented by the above Chemical Formula 3 alone, or a mixture (which is a mixture of the diamine represented by the above Chemical Formula 3 and the diamine represented by the above Chemical Formula 4 or a combination thereof). [Chemical Formula 4]

在化學式4中， A1是單鍵或C1至C2伸烷基， A2是經取代或未經取代的C1至C30伸烷基，或至少一個-CH2-基團被-〇-、-OOC-、-COO-、-OCOO-、-NHCO-、 -CONH-或-CO-獨立取代的C1至C10伸烷基。 A3 是單鍵、〇、S02 或 C(R103)(R104)，其中 R103 與 R104 相同或不同，且各自獨立為氫或經取代或未經取代的Cl 至C6烷基，In Chemical Formula 4, A1 is a single bond or a C1 to C2 alkylene group, A2 is a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C30 alkylene group, or at least one -CH2- group is -〇-, -OOC-, -COO-, -OCOO-, -NHCO-, -CONH- or -CO- independently substituted C1 to C10 alkylene. A3 is a single bond, hydrazine, S02 or C(R103)(R104), wherein R103 is the same or different from R104, and each independently is hydrogen or a substituted or unsubstituted Cl to C6 alkyl group,

Rl至R4相同或不同，且其各自獨立為氫、經取代或未經取代的C1至C30烷基、經取代或未經取代的C6至 C30芳基或經取代或未經取代的至C30雜芳基， R5是環狀或未經取代的C1至C30伸烷基，或至少一個-Cil2'基團被-CO-、-CO-0-、-NW-、-NWCO-、-CO-NW- 15 201231501 38435pif 或-CH=CH-獨立取代的C1至C3〇伸烷基，其中w Cl至CIO烷基，且氧原子未直接連接，且里3 Q1、Q2以及Q3各自獨立為氫或鹵素。以二元胺的總量計，二元胺可包括2〇莫耳％到9〇莫耳％以化學式3表示的二元胺以及1〇莫耳％到8〇莫耳％以化學式4表示的二元胺。例如，可包含2〇莫耳％到5〇莫耳％以化學式3表示的二元胺以及可包含5〇莫耳％到 80莫耳％以化學式4表示的二元胺。當以上述的含量使用化學式3表示的二元胺和化學式4表示的二元胺時，可改善光反應性，在膜上可展現均勻的反應性，且因此可提供具有優秀配向性質和可靠度的配向膜。以化學式3表示的二元胺可以是（但不限於）以下列化學式5表示的二元胺。 201231501 38435pif [化學式5]R1 to R4 are the same or different and each independently is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C30 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C6 to C30 aryl or substituted or unsubstituted to C30 Aryl, R5 is a cyclic or unsubstituted C1 to C30 alkyl group, or at least one -Cil2' group is -CO-, -CO-0-, -NW-, -NWCO-, -CO-NW - 15 201231501 38435pif or -CH=CH- independently substituted C1 to C3 alkylene, wherein w Cl to CIO alkyl, and the oxygen atom is not directly bonded, and 3 Q1, Q2 and Q3 are each independently hydrogen or halogen . The diamine may include 2% by mole to 9% by mole of the diamine represented by Chemical Formula 3 and 1% by mole to 8 % by mole based on the total amount of the diamine. Diamine. For example, it may contain 2% by mole to 5 〇% by mole of the diamine represented by Chemical Formula 3 and may contain 5 〇 mol% to 80% by mole of the diamine represented by Chemical Formula 4. When the diamine represented by Chemical Formula 3 and the diamine represented by Chemical Formula 4 are used in the above-mentioned content, the photoreactivity can be improved, uniform reactivity can be exhibited on the film, and thus excellent alignment properties and reliability can be provided. Alignment membrane. The diamine represented by Chemical Formula 3 may be, but not limited to, a diamine represented by the following Chemical Formula 5. 201231501 38435pif [Chemical Formula 5]

在化學式5中， A21 是-〇-、_OOC_ 或-COO-， r11至R14相同或不同’且其各自獨立為氫或經取代或未經取代的C1至C10烧基， nl是從2到4的整數，且 n2是從〇到2的整數。液晶配向劑除了包括聚合物，還可包括溶劑或其他添加物。下文詳細描述各成份。聚合物聚合物是感光聚合物，包括聚醯胺酸、聚醯亞胺或其組合，其中聚醯胺酸包括以化學式1表示的重複單元，而聚醯亞胺包括以化學式2表示的重複單元。聚合物是以非等向性的方式執行例如光致同分異構化（photo-isomerization)、光致交聯（photo-cross linking) 或與其類似的反應。因此聚合物的表面出現非等向性，以在一方向上導引液晶分子。聚醯胺酸（其包括以化學式1表示的重複單元）可由酸二酐、以化學式3表示的二元胺及/或以化學式4表示 17 201231501 38435pif 的二元胺來合成。使酸二酐、以化學式3表示的二元胺及 /或以化學式4表示的二元胺經受共聚反應以製備聚醯胺酸的方法可包括任何習知的用以合成聚醯胺酸的方法。聚酿亞胺（包括以化學式2表示的重複單元）可由酸二針、以化學式3表示的二元胺及/或以化學式4表示的二元胺來合成。使酸二酐、以化學式3表示的二元胺及/ 或以化學式4表示的二元胺經受共聚反應和醯亞胺化 (imidizing )以提供聚醯亞胺的方法是本技術領域的通常知識’故省略其詳細說明。酸二酐可包括脂環酸二酐、芳香酸二酐或其混合物。脂環酸二酐可包括（但不限於）1，2, 3, 4-環丁烷四羧酸二 gf ( 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid dianhydride ; CBDA)、5-(2,5·二氧四氫呋喃基）-3-曱基環己烯 -1，2- 二羧酸酐 (5-(2,5-dioxotetrahydropuryl)-3-methylcyclohexene-1,2-dic arboxylic acid anhydride，DOCDA)、二環辛稀-2, 3, 5, 6-四叛酸二肝(bicyclooctene-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride ; BODA )、1，2, 3, 4-環戊烧四緩酸二酐 (1,2,3,4-cyclopentanetetracarboxylic acid dianhydride ； CPDA ) 、 1，2,4,5-環己烷四羧酸二酐 (1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic acid dianhydride ； CHDA )、1，2, 4-三羧基-3-曱基羧基環戊烷二酐 ( l,2,4-tricarboxyl-3-methylcarboxyl cyclopentane dianhydride ) 、1，2,3,4-四鼓基環戊烧二 Sf ⑧ 18 201231501 JOHJjpif (l，2,3,4-tetracarboxyl cyclopentane dianhydride)、4, 10-二氧雜-三環[6·3·1.02,7]十二烷-3, 5,9，11-四酮 (4,10-dioxa-tricyclo[6.3.1.02,7]dodecane-3,5,9,11 -tetraone ) 或其混合物。衍生自脂環酸二酐的四價有機基，可包括（但不限於）至少一個以下列化學式9至化學式14表示的官能基。 [化學式9] *In Chemical Formula 5, A21 is -〇-, _OOC_ or -COO-, r11 to R14 are the same or different 'and each independently hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C10 alkyl, nl is from 2 to 4 An integer, and n2 is an integer from 〇 to 2. The liquid crystal aligning agent may include a solvent or other additives in addition to the polymer. The ingredients are described in detail below. The polymer polymer is a photopolymer comprising polylysine, polyimine or a combination thereof, wherein the polyamine comprises a repeating unit represented by Chemical Formula 1, and the polyimine comprises a repeating unit represented by Chemical Formula 2. . The polymer is carried out in an anisotropic manner such as photo-isomerization, photo-cross linking or a reaction analogous thereto. Therefore, the surface of the polymer is anisotropic to guide the liquid crystal molecules in one direction. Polylysine (which includes a repeating unit represented by Chemical Formula 1) can be synthesized from an acid dianhydride, a diamine represented by Chemical Formula 3, and/or a diamine represented by Chemical Formula 4, 201231501 38435pif. The method of subjecting an acid dianhydride, a diamine represented by Chemical Formula 3, and/or a diamine represented by Chemical Formula 4 to a copolymerization reaction to prepare a polyproline may include any conventional method for synthesizing polyglycine . The brewenium (including a repeating unit represented by Chemical Formula 2) can be synthesized from an acid two-needle, a diamine represented by Chemical Formula 3, and/or a diamine represented by Chemical Formula 4. It is a common knowledge in the art to subject an acid dianhydride, a diamine represented by Chemical Formula 3, and/or a diamine represented by Chemical Formula 4 to a copolymerization reaction and imidizing to provide a polyimine. 'The detailed description is omitted. The acid dianhydride may include an alicyclic acid dianhydride, an aromatic acid dianhydride or a mixture thereof. Alicyclic acid dianhydrides may include, but are not limited to, 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid dianhydride; CBDA, 5-(2,5) · 2-(2,5-dioxotetrahydropuryl)-3-methylcyclohexene-1,2-dic arboxylic acid anhydride (DOCDA), two Bicyclooctene-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride (BODA), 1,2,3, 4-cyclopentanthene Anhydride (1,2,3,4-cyclopentanetetracarboxylic acid dianhydride ; CPDA ) , 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic acid dianhydride (CHDA ), 1 , 2,4-tricarboxyl-3-methylcarboxyl cyclopentane dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-tetracycline cyclopentane di Sf 8 18 201231501 JOHJjpif (l,2,3,4-tetracarboxyl cyclopentane dianhydride), 4, 10-dioxa-tricyclo[6·3·1.02,7]dodecane-3, 5,9,11-four Ketone (4,10-dioxa-tricyclo[6.3.1.02,7]dodecane-3,5,9,11-tetraone) or a mixture thereof . The tetravalent organic group derived from the alicyclic acid dianhydride may include, but is not limited to, at least one functional group represented by the following Chemical Formula 9 to Chemical Formula 14. [Chemical Formula 9] *

[化學式10] * Λ[Chemical Formula 10] * Λ

[化學式Π][chemical formula]

19 201231501 38435pif [化學式12] ^2819 201231501 38435pif [Chemical Formula 12] ^28

在化學式9至化學式14中， R25相同或不同，且其各自獨立為經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的芳基或經取代或未經取代的雜芳基， r»3是從0到3的整數，且 -r26至R33相同或不同，且其各自獨立為氨、經取代或未經取代的競基、.經取代或未經取代的芳基、或經取代哎 ⑧ 20 201231501 38435pif 未經取代的雜芳基。當叱是2以上的整數時，R25可互相相同或互不相同。芳香酸二酐可包括（但不限於）苯均四酸二酐 (pyromellitic acid dianhydride ; PMDA)、聯苯四甲酸二酐 (biphthalic acid dianhydride ; BPDA )、二笨趟二針 (oxydiphthalic dianhydride ; ODPA)、二苯曱酮四叛酸二酐(benzophenonetetracarboxylic acid dianhydride ； BTDA )、六氟亞異丙基二鄰苯二曱酸二酐 (hexafluoroisopropylidene diphthalic acid dianhydride ； 6-FDA)或其組合。衍生自芳香酸二酐的四價有機基’可包括（但不限於）至少一個以下列化學式15與化學式16表示的官能基。 [化學式15] R34In Chemical Formula 9 to Chemical Formula 14, R25 is the same or different and each independently is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group, r »3 is an integer from 0 to 3, and -r26 to R33 are the same or different and each independently is ammonia, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted哎8 20 201231501 38435pif Unsubstituted heteroaryl. When 叱 is an integer of 2 or more, R25 may be identical to each other or different from each other. Aromatic dianhydrides may include, but are not limited to, pyromellitic acid dianhydride (PMDA), biphthalic acid dianhydride (BPDA), and oxydiphthalic dianhydride (ODPA). , benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride (BTDA), hexafluoroisopropylidene diphthalic acid dianhydride (6-FDA) or a combination thereof. The tetravalent organic group derived from the aromatic dianhydride may include, but is not limited to, at least one functional group represented by the following Chemical Formula 15 and Chemical Formula 16. [Chemical Formula 15] R34

[化學式16][Chemical Formula 16]

21 201231501 38435pif 在化學式15與化學式16中， ^34、與R35相同或不同，且其各自獨立為氮、經取代或、，綠代的絲、經取代或未經取代的芳基、或經取代或未經取代的雜芳基，〆、心6與R37相同或不同，且其各自獨立為經取代或未經取代的絲、餘代絲練代的絲、或經取代或未經取代的雜芳基， n4與ns分別是從〇到3的整數，且 Ai是單鍵、〇、C〇、經取代或未經取代的C1至以伸烧基（例如C(CF3)2)、經取代或未經取代的C3至C30 環伸烷基、或經取代或未經取代的C2至C30雜環伸烷基。當〜是2以上的整數時’ RS6可互相相同或互不相同。當ns是2以上的整數時，R37可互相相同或互不相同。聚醯胺酸和聚醯亞胺可具有50, 000到500,000的重量平均分子量。當聚酿胺酸和聚醯亞胺的重量平均分子量落於此範圍時，可有效地改善溶解度、熱穩定性以及化學抗性’並且維持適當的黏滯度，以便容易地提供優越的可印性（printability )和均勻的膜。當液晶配向劑同時包括聚醯胺酸和聚醯亞胺時，聚醯胺酸和聚醯亞胺的重量比例可為1 : 99到50 : 50。當聚醯胺酸和聚醯亞胺的重量比例落於此範圍時，可改善配向穩定性。例如，聚醯胺酸和聚醯亞胺的重量比例可為10 : 90 到 50 : 50 。液晶配向劑中可包含1重量％到30重量％的聚合 ⑧ 22 201231501 38435pif 物。當聚合物的量落於此範圍時，可改善可印性以及液晶配向性質。例如，聚合物的量可以是3重量％到20重量％。溶劑液晶配向劑可包括用以溶解聚合物的適當溶劑。藉此’液晶配向劑可具有優良的塗敷性能（spreadability )以及與基板之間的優良黏著性。用以溶解聚合物的溶劑的實例可包括（但不限於）N-曱基-2-口比略咬酮（N_methyl-2-pyrrolidone)、N，N_二曱基乙醯胺（N，N_dimethyl acetamide )、N，N-二甲基曱酿胺 (N，N-dimethyl formamide )、二曱基亞砜（dimethyl sulfoxide )、γ- 丁内 g旨（γ-butyrolactone )、四氫夫味 (tetrahydrofuran ; THF )及盼基溶劑（phen〇i_based solvent) ’ 諸如間曱酴（meta cres〇i)、苯酴（phen〇1)、鹵代苯紛（halgenated phenol)及其類似物。溶劑還可包括2-乙二醇丁醚（2-butyl cellosolve ; 2-BC)，以改善可印性。以包括2-乙二醇丁鱗的溶劑的總量計，2-乙二醇丁醚的量可為丨至7〇重量％，例如2〇至 60重量％乙二醇丁醚。當2-乙二醇丁醚的量落於此範圍時，可易於改善可印性。此外，此溶劑還可包含弱溶劑（P〇〇r s〇lvent)，諸如醇類、酮類、酯類、醚類、烴類或鹵代烴類，只要不使可溶性聚醯亞胺聚合物沈澱即可。塗覆液晶光配向劑時，弱洛劑會降低液日日光配向劑的表面能（SUrfaCe energy )，且改進其塗佈及平坦度。 23 201231501 38435pif 以溶劑總量計，所包含的弱溶劑的量可為1至90體積％，特別是1至70體積％。弱溶劑可包含曱醇、乙醇、異丙醇、環己醇、乙二醇、丙二醇、1，4-丁二醇、三乙二醇、丙酮、曱乙酮、環己酮、乙酸曱酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、草酸二乙酯、丙二酸酯、 ***、乙二醇單曱醚、乙二醇二甲醚、乙二醇單***、乙二醇苯醚、乙二醇苯曱醚、乙二醇苯***、二乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇醚、二乙二醇單曱醚、二乙二醇單***、二乙二醇單曱醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單***乙酸酯、乙二醇曱醚乙酸酯、乙二醇***乙酸酯、4-羥基-4-曱基-2-戊酮、丙酸2-羥基乙酯、丙酸2-羥基-2-甲基乙酯、乙酸乙氧基乙酯、乙酸羥基乙酯、2-羥基-3-曱基丁酸甲酯、丙酸3-曱氧基曱酯、丙酸3-曱氧基乙酯、丙酸3-乙氧基乙酯、丙酸3-乙氧基曱酯、曱基曱氧基丁醇、乙基曱氧基丁醇、曱基乙氧基丁醇、乙基乙氧基丁醇、四氫呋喃、二氯甲烷、 1，2-二氣乙烷、1，4-二氣丁烷、三氯乙烷、氯苯、鄰二氣苯、己烧、庚烧、辛烧、苯、曱苯、二曱苯或其混合物。在液晶配向劑中溶劑的量不受限制，但液晶配向劑的固體量是從1至30重量％，特別是從3至20重量％。當固體量落於此範圍時，印刷過程中比較不會受到基板表面的污染影響，以維持適當的膜均勻度以及適當的黏滯度，避免印刷過程中因高黏滯度所導致的膜均勻度劣化，因而表現適當的穿透率。其他添加劑 ⑧ 24 201231501 根據、·貫施例的液晶配向劑還可包括其他添加劑。 =他添加劑可包含環氧化合物。環氧化合物用於改善 H二以及光電特徵’其包含至少―種具有2到8個環氧基（例如，2到4個環氧官能基）的環氧化合物。四^1〇0重量份（Parts by weight)的聚合物計，所包含 ^環氧化合，可為。.1到5。重量份，例如i到3G重量份。田所包含的$减化合物的量落於此範圍時可在塗佈於基板的過程中提供適當的可印性以及平坦度，且可易於改善可靠度和光電性質。 ° 環氧化合物的實例可包括（但不限於）：N，NN，N,_四縮水甘油基一4,4,一二胺基苯’甲烷 (N，N，N’，N’-tetraglyCidyl_4,4，-diaminophenyimethane ； 1000撾）、队忱卻，：^’-四縮水甘油基-4,4，-二胺篡芏7护、 ^^，…-四縮水甘油基-^-二胺基苯丙烷、^^^^，-四縮水甘油基-4,4，-二胺基苯丁烧、_，抑，-四縮水甘油基-4,4，-二胺基苯、乙二醇二縮水甘油基醚 (ethyleneglycoldiglycidylether )、聚乙二醇二縮水甘油基醚、丙二醇二縮水甘油基醚、三丙二醇二縮水甘油基醚、聚丙二醇二縮水甘油基醚、新戊二醇二縮水甘油基醚、丨，6一己二醇二縮水甘油基醚、甘油二縮水甘油基醚 (glycerinediglycidylether )、2，2-二溴新戊二醇二縮水甘油基醚、1，3,5,6-四縮水甘油基-2,4~己二醇、N，N,N,,N,_四縮水甘油基-1，4-苯二胺、Ν,Ν,Ν',Ν，-四縮水甘油基_間―二曱苯二胺、凡队沖，>^四縮水甘油基~>2,2’-二曱基-4,4，- 25 201231501 38435pif 3基聯苯、2,2-雙縮水甘油基_4_胺基苯氧基) 本土]丙烧、>^，>^’-四縮水甘油基_4,4，_二胺基二苯基甲烧、1，3-雙(Ν,Ν-二縮水甘油基）環己烧、i 3一雙（N，N_ 二縮水甘油基胺基甲基）笨以及其類似物。另外，為了改善可印性，添加劑還可另外包括適當的介面活性劑或耦合劑。可利用液晶配向劑獲得液晶配向膜。可藉由將溶於有機溶劑中的液晶配向劑塗佈在基板上來製造液晶配向膜。可使用如旋塗、柔版印刷⑽ printing)、喷墨印刷或與其類似的方法來將液晶配向劑塗佈在基板上。柔版印刷可達到優越的膜均勻度，且可易於形成較大的液晶光配向膜。基板沒有特殊限制，只要透明即可，其可包括玻璃基板或塑膠基板（諸如丙婦酸基板或聚碳酸酯基板）。另外，就簡化製㈣言，還可以包含具有銦魏化物（indium tin oxuie ; ITO)電極或其類似物的基板，以供液晶操作。為了改善膜均勻度，可將液晶配向劑均勻塗佈在基板上，然後在室溫至20(TC (特別是在3〇至150¾，或更特別疋在40至120 C )預乾燥1至1〇〇分鐘。預乾燥能控制液晶配向劑中各成份的揮發性，確保得到無厚度偏差的均勻膜。21 201231501 38435pif In Chemical Formula 15 and Chemical Formula 16, ^34, which is the same as or different from R35, and each of which is independently nitrogen, substituted or substituted, green substituted silk, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted Or unsubstituted heteroaryl, oxime, heart 6 and R37 are the same or different, and each of them is independently substituted or unsubstituted silk, silk of the remainder silk, or substituted or unsubstituted An aryl group, n4 and ns are each an integer from 〇 to 3, and Ai is a single bond, 〇, C〇, substituted or unsubstituted C1 to a stretching group (for example, C(CF3)2), substituted Or unsubstituted C3 to C30 cycloalkylene, or substituted or unsubstituted C2 to C30 heterocycloalkylene. When ~ is an integer of 2 or more, 'RS6' may be identical to each other or different from each other. When ns is an integer of 2 or more, R37 may be identical to each other or different from each other. The polyglycolic acid and the polyimine may have a weight average molecular weight of from 50,000 to 500,000. When the weight average molecular weight of polyamic acid and polyimine falls within this range, solubility, thermal stability, and chemical resistance can be effectively improved and the proper viscosity can be maintained to easily provide superior printability. Printability and uniform film. When the liquid crystal alignment agent includes both polyamic acid and polyimine, the weight ratio of the polyamic acid to the polyimine may be 1:99 to 50:50. When the weight ratio of polyamine and polyimine falls within this range, the alignment stability can be improved. For example, the weight ratio of polyamic acid to polyimine may range from 10:90 to 50:50. The liquid crystal alignment agent may contain from 1% by weight to 30% by weight of the polymer 8 22 201231501 38435 pif. When the amount of the polymer falls within this range, printability and liquid crystal alignment properties can be improved. For example, the amount of the polymer may be from 3% by weight to 20% by weight. Solvent The liquid crystal alignment agent may include a suitable solvent to dissolve the polymer. By this, the liquid crystal alignment agent can have excellent spreadability and excellent adhesion to the substrate. Examples of the solvent used to dissolve the polymer may include, but are not limited to, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-didecylacetamide (N, N_dimethyl) Acetamide ), N,N-dimethyl formamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, γ-butyrolactone, tetrahydrofuran THF) and phen〇i_based solvent 'such as meta cres〇i, phen〇1, halgenated phenol and the like. The solvent may also include 2-butyl cellosolve (2-BC) to improve printability. The amount of 2-ethylene glycol butyl ether may be from 丨 to 7 〇 by weight, such as from 2 〇 to 60% by weight of ethylene glycol butyl ether, based on the total amount of the solvent including 2-glycol butyl scale. When the amount of 2-ethylene glycol butyl ether falls within this range, printability can be easily improved. In addition, the solvent may also contain a weak solvent such as an alcohol, a ketone, an ester, an ether, a hydrocarbon or a halogenated hydrocarbon as long as the soluble polyimine polymer is not precipitated. Just fine. When the liquid crystal light aligning agent is applied, the weak agent reduces the surface energy (SUrfaCe energy) of the liquid daylight aligning agent and improves its coating and flatness. 23 201231501 38435pif The amount of the weak solvent contained may be from 1 to 90% by volume, particularly from 1 to 70% by volume, based on the total amount of the solvent. The weak solvent may include decyl alcohol, ethanol, isopropanol, cyclohexanol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,4-butanediol, triethylene glycol, acetone, acetophenone, cyclohexanone, decyl acetate, Ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, diethyl oxalate, malonate, diethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoterpene ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol phenyl ether, ethylene glycol benzene Ether ether, ethylene glycol phenyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol ether, diethylene glycol monoterpene ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate, two Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol oxime ether acetate, ethylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, 4-hydroxy-4-mercapto-2-pentanone, 2-hydroxyethyl propionate, propionic acid 2-hydroxy-2-methylethyl ester, ethoxyethyl acetate, hydroxyethyl acetate, methyl 2-hydroxy-3-indolyl butyrate, 3-decyloxydecyl propionate, propionic acid 3- Ethyloxyethyl ester, 3-ethoxyethyl propionate, 3-ethoxydecyl propionate, decyloxybutanol, ethyloxybutanol, mercaptoethoxybutanol, Ethyl ethoxybutanol, tetrahydrofuran, dichloromethane, 1,2-dioxaethane, 1,4- Dioxane, trichloroethane, chlorobenzene, o-dioxene, hexane, heptane, octyl, benzene, benzene, diphenyl or a mixture thereof. The amount of the solvent in the liquid crystal alignment agent is not limited, but the solid amount of the liquid crystal alignment agent is from 1 to 30% by weight, particularly from 3 to 20% by weight. When the solid amount falls within this range, the printing process is not affected by the contamination of the substrate surface to maintain proper film uniformity and proper viscosity, and avoid uniform film due to high viscosity during printing. The degree is deteriorated, thus exhibiting an appropriate penetration rate. Other Additives 8 24 201231501 The liquid crystal alignment agent according to the embodiment may further include other additives. = His additive may contain an epoxy compound. The epoxy compound is used to improve H di and photoelectron characteristics. It comprises at least an epoxy compound having 2 to 8 epoxy groups (e.g., 2 to 4 epoxy functional groups). The amount of the compound by weight of 4 ^ 1 〇 0 parts by weight, including epoxidation, can be. .1 to 5. Parts by weight, for example, i to 3G parts by weight. The amount of the $minus compound contained in the field falls within this range to provide proper printability and flatness in the process of coating the substrate, and the reliability and photoelectric properties can be easily improved. ° Examples of epoxy compounds may include, but are not limited to: N, NN, N, _ tetraglycidyl-4,4, diamino benzene 'methane (N, N, N', N'-tetragly Cidyl 4, 4,-diaminophenyimethane; 1000)), team 忱,: ^'-tetraglycidyl-4,4,-diamine 篡芏7, ^^,...-tetraglycidyl-^-diaminobenzene Propane, ^^^^,-tetraglycidyl-4,4,-diaminobenzidine, _, ,, -tetraglycidyl-4,4,-diaminobenzene, ethylene glycol condensed water Glyceryl ether (ethyleneglycoldiglycidylether), polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, tripropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether,丨,6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether, glycerinediglycidylether, 2,2-dibromoneopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, 1,3,5,6-tetraglycidyl -2,4~hexanediol, N,N,N,,N,_tetraglycidyl-1,4-phenylenediamine, anthracene, oxime, Ν', Ν,-tetraglycidyl _ ― Indolediamine, Fan Chong, >^ Glyceryl~>2,2'-dimercapto-4,4,- 25 201231501 38435pif 3 base biphenyl, 2,2-bisglycidyl_4_aminophenoxy) native]propyl burning, &gt ;^,>^'-tetraglycidyl_4,4,-diaminodiphenylcarbamate, 1,3-bis(indole, fluorene-diglycidyl) cyclohexane, i 3 pair (N,N_ diglycidylaminomethyl) stupid and analogs thereof. Additionally, to improve printability, the additive may additionally include a suitable interfacing or coupling agent. A liquid crystal alignment film can be obtained by using a liquid crystal alignment agent. The liquid crystal alignment film can be produced by coating a liquid crystal alignment agent dissolved in an organic solvent on a substrate. The liquid crystal alignment agent may be coated on the substrate using, for example, spin coating, flexographic printing, ink jet printing, or the like. Flexographic printing achieves superior film uniformity and can easily form larger liquid crystal light alignment films. The substrate is not particularly limited as long as it is transparent, and may include a glass substrate or a plastic substrate such as a buprophytic substrate or a polycarbonate substrate. Further, in the case of the simplified system (4), a substrate having an indium tin oxuie (ITO) electrode or the like may be further included for liquid crystal operation. In order to improve the film uniformity, the liquid crystal alignment agent may be uniformly coated on the substrate, and then pre-dried 1 to 1 at room temperature to 20 (TC (especially at 3 to 1503⁄4, or more specifically at 40 to 120 C). 〇〇min. Pre-drying controls the volatility of the components in the liquid crystal alignment agent, ensuring a uniform film without thickness deviation.

Ik後，將其在80至30(TC (特別是120至280°C )的溫度下加熱5至300分鐘以完全蒸發溶劑，從而製造出液晶配向膜。 26 201231501 ^84J3pif 可以藉由偏振（polarized)紫外（ultraviolet; UV)光或摩擦進行單軸配向處理，可將液晶配向膜用於液晶顯示器’或者不經單軸配向處理，可將液晶配向膜用於一些例如垂直配向膜以及與其類似的應用中。可以藉由曝光（能量10毫焦耳至5000毫焦耳）〇. 1 至180分鐘，使根據本發明一實施例的液晶配向膜經歷單軸配向處理。根據本發明另一實施例，提供包含此液晶配向膜的顯示元件^ 液晶顯示器元件（liquid crystal display device ; LCD ) 包括90度扭轉的液晶，其位於極化方向相互垂直的起偏器 (polarizer)和檢偏器（analyzer)之間。沒有施加電壓時，穿過起偏器的線性極化光根據其他液晶配向器的方向局部旋轉，以達90度極化。因此，光在通過液晶層時被旋轉而通過檢偏器。施加電壓時，液晶沿著電場方向平行排列為一線，而線性極化光不經旋轉即通過液晶層，因此被極化方向與起偏的方向垂直的檢偏器阻擒。藉由上述方法押制液晶，可選擇性地傳輸光。因此，為了提供LCD均勻的亮度和高對比度’在整個LCD面板中均勻地排列液晶是很重要的。在這方面液晶配向膜可以有效應用。另外，舉例來說，可藉由下述方法製造液晶顯示器。於玻璃基板，將液晶配向劑塗佈於沈積有銦錫氧化物 (indium tin oxide ; ITO)導電層的玻璃基板上，熱固化液晶配向劑以提供配向膜，面對面組合兩個基板，以及注入 27 201231501 38435pif 液晶’或π泡（dipping)液晶於一基板上，並將其與相對基板組合。以下貫例更詳細地說明本發明。然而，這些實例不應在任何意義上被解釋為本發明的範疇限制。實例比較例1 :製備聚醯胺酸（PSH) 將0. 5莫耳以下列化學式6表示的4-{2-[2-(2, 4-二胺基-苯基）-乙氧羰基]-乙烯基卜苯基4_(4,4,4_三氟基丁氧基）_ 苯甲酸酯 (4-{2-[2-(2,4-chamino-phenyl)_ethoxycarbonyl]_vinyl}-phe nyl 4-(4,4,4-trifluor〇butoxy)-benzoate ester)置入附有擾拌器=及溫度控制器的四頸燒瓶中，同時在暗房條件下通入氮氣’加入 N-曱基吡咯酮（N_methyl_2_pyrr〇Hd〇ne; NMp)，以將化學式6表示的化合物溶於NMP中。加入1. 〇莫耳的固態4, 10-二氧基一三環[6 3 i 〇2,7]十二烧一3, 5, 9, u_四酮’並劇烈授拌。搜拌一小時後，加人〇. 5莫耳以化學式 6表不的4]2-[2-(2,4-二胺基-苯基)_乙氧幾基]-乙稀基}•苯基4-(4,4,4-三氟基丁氧基)_苯曱酸酯，且使其反應，以提供適$的黏滯度。所得的溶液具有3〇重量％的固體量，且使此令液經歷24彳、時的絲反應以提供聚醯胺酸溶液。 ⑧ 28 201231501 38435pif [化學式6]After Ik, it is heated at a temperature of 80 to 30 (TC (especially 120 to 280 ° C) for 5 to 300 minutes to completely evaporate the solvent, thereby producing a liquid crystal alignment film. 26 201231501 ^84J3pif can be polarized (polarized) Ultraviolet (UV) light or rubbing for uniaxial alignment treatment, liquid crystal alignment film can be used for liquid crystal display 'or without uniaxial alignment treatment, liquid crystal alignment film can be used for some, for example, vertical alignment film and the like In the application, the liquid crystal alignment film according to an embodiment of the present invention may be subjected to uniaxial alignment treatment by exposure (energy of 10 mJ to 5000 mJ) for 1 to 180 minutes. According to another embodiment of the present invention, A display element including the liquid crystal alignment film. The liquid crystal display device (LCD) includes a 90-degree twisted liquid crystal between the polarizer and the analyzer which are perpendicular to each other in the polarization direction. When no voltage is applied, the linearly polarized light passing through the polarizer is locally rotated according to the direction of the other liquid crystal alignment to achieve polarization of 90 degrees. Therefore, the light passes through When the crystal layer is rotated, it passes through the analyzer. When a voltage is applied, the liquid crystals are arranged in parallel along the direction of the electric field as a line, and the linearly polarized light passes through the liquid crystal layer without being rotated, so that the polarization direction is perpendicular to the direction of the polarization. The analyzer is damped. The liquid crystal can be selectively transferred by the above method. Therefore, in order to provide uniform brightness and high contrast of the LCD, it is important to uniformly align the liquid crystal in the entire LCD panel. The liquid crystal alignment film can be effectively applied. Further, for example, a liquid crystal display can be manufactured by the following method. On a glass substrate, a liquid crystal alignment agent is applied to a conductive layer deposited with an indium tin oxide (ITO) layer. On the glass substrate, a thermosetting liquid crystal alignment agent is provided to provide an alignment film, two substrates are combined face to face, and 27 201231501 38435 pif liquid crystal 'or dipping liquid crystal is implanted on a substrate and combined with the opposite substrate. The invention is illustrated in more detail. However, these examples should not be construed as limiting the scope of the invention in any sense. Example Comparative Example 1: Preparation Poly-proline (PSH) 5-{2-[2-(2,4-diamino-phenyl)-ethoxycarbonyl]-vinylphenyl represented by the following Chemical Formula 6 4-(4,4,4-trifluorobutoxy)benzoic acid ester (4-{2-[2-(2,4-chamino-phenyl)_ethoxycarbonyl]_vinyl}-phe nyl 4-(4, 4,4-trifluor〇butoxy)-benzoate ester) was placed in a four-necked flask equipped with a scrambler= and temperature controller, and nitrogen was added under darkroom conditions to add N-methylpyrrolidone (N_methyl_2_pyrr〇Hd). 〇ne; NMp), the compound represented by Chemical Formula 6 is dissolved in NMP. The solid 4, 10-dioxy-tricyclo[6 3 i 〇 2,7], twelve-burning, 3, 5, 9, u-tetraketone was added to the molar. After one hour of mixing, add 〇. 5 moles of 4]2-[2-(2,4-diamino-phenyl)-ethoxyxo]-ethidyl] Phenyl 4-(4,4,4-trifluorobutoxy)-benzoate and allowed to react to provide a suitable viscosity. The resulting solution had a solids content of 3% by weight, and the solution was subjected to a silk reaction at 24 Torr to provide a polyaminic acid solution. 8 28 201231501 38435pif [Chemical Formula 6]

實例1 :製備聚醯胺酸（PSA-2) 將_0·5莫耳4-{2-[2-(2,4-二胺基-苯基)_乙氧羰基]_乙稀基}笨基4_(4,4,4_二氟基丁氧基)_苯甲酸酯置入附有搜拌器、溫度控制H、氮氣注人㈣四頸巾，同時在暗房條件下通入氮氣’加入N_甲基吡咯酮 (N-methyl-2-pyrr〇iidone ; NMP)以將化學式 6 表示的化 ^物溶於中。加人L 〇莫耳的固態4, 1()_二氧基一三裱[6.3.1.02,7]十二烷_3, 5, 9, u,_，並小時後，加人0.3莫耳以化學式6表示的‘[2^二胺基-苯私乙氧_乙烯基}苯基4_(4,4,4_三氟基丁氧基)-苯甲_旨以及〇·2莫耳以化學式7表示的化合物，並使其反應，以提供適當的黏滯度。所得的溶液具有3〇重量 %的固體量，域此溶液經歷24小時的共聚反應醯胺酸溶液。 1 29 201231501 [化學式7] nh3Example 1: Preparation of Polylysine (PSA-2) _0·5 molar 4-{2-[2-(2,4-diamino-phenyl)-ethoxycarbonyl]-ethene} Stupid base 4_(4,4,4-difluorobutoxy)-benzoate is placed with a stirrer, temperature control H, nitrogen injection (four) four neck towel, and nitrogen gas in darkroom conditions 'N-methyl-2-pyrr〇iidone; NMP was added to dissolve the chemical represented by Chemical Formula 6. Add L 〇 Mo Er's solid 4, 1 () _ dioxy 1,3- 裱 [6.3.1.02, 7] dodecane _3, 5, 9, u, _, and after an hour, add 0.3 m '[2^Diamino-benzoic ethoxy-vinyl}phenyl 4_(4,4,4-trifluorobutoxy)-benzoic acid represented by Chemical Formula 6 and 〇·2 Mo The compound represented by Chemical Formula 7 is allowed to react to provide an appropriate viscosity. The resulting solution had a solids content of 3% by weight, and this solution was subjected to a copolymerization reaction of lysine for 24 hours. 1 29 201231501 [Chemical Formula 7] nh3

實例2至5 :製備聚醯胺酸（PSA_3至psa_6) 聚醯胺酸CPSA-3至PSA-5)溶液是根據與實例j相同的方法來製備，差別在於，以化學式6表示的二胺基_苯基乙氧羰基]_乙烯基}-苯基4-(4,4,4-三氟基丁氧基)-苯甲㈣以及以化學式7表示的化合物的添加量是如下列表1所示。在表i中，以化學式6表示的4_ {2 [2_(2 4_ 二胺基-苯基)_乙氧羰基]-乙烯基}-苯基4-(4,4,4-三氟基’丁，基)-苯甲酸酯的量是以第一次和第二次添加量的和來計算’而其第一次添加量在所有實例中均為〇. 5莫耳。比較例2 :製備聚醯胺酸（psi-1) 將0. 5莫耳以化學式6表示的4·{2-[2-(2,4-二胺基-苯基)-乙氧Μ基]-乙埽基}苯基4_(4,4,4_三氟基丁氧基)苯甲酸醋置入附有檀拌II、溫度控制器以及氮氣注人器的四頸燒瓶中’同時在暗房條件下通入氮氣，加入Ν-甲基吡咯_ (N-methyl-2-pyrr〇iidone ; ΝΜρ)以溶解之。加入 i 〇莫耳的固態4, 10一二氧基-三環[6.3.1.02,7]十二烷-3, 5, 9, 1卜四酮’並劇烈撥拌。授拌一小時後’加入0. 5莫耳以化學 201231501 38435pif 表示的4·{2_[2_(2,4•二胺基_苯基)乙氧羰基]乙烯基卜本基4 γ4,4,4-二氟基丁氧基)·苯甲酸酯，且使其反應，以提供適當的黏滯度。所得的溶液具有30重量％的固體量，且使此溶液經歷24小時的共聚反應以提供聚醯胺酸溶液。將此聚醯胺酸溶液與3. 〇莫耳的乙酸酐和5. 〇莫耳的砒啶混合。將所得的混合物加熱至8(TC，反應Θ小時，然後真空蒸餾以移除催化劑和溶劑，從而製備具有重量％固體量的可溶性聚醯亞胺樹脂。實例6 :製備聚醯亞胺（PSI-2) 將0. 5莫耳以化學式6表示的4-{2-[2·(2,4-二胺基-笨 f)_乙氧羰基]-乙烯基卜苯基4-(4,4,4-三氟基丁氧基)-苯甲酸醋置入附有攪拌器、溫度控制器以及氮氣注入器的四頸燒瓶中’同時在暗房條件下通入氮氣，並加入N-曱基吡咯酮（N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone ; NMP)以溶解之。加入 1.〇莫耳的固態4，10-二氧基-三環[6.3.1.02,7]十二烷-3,5,9,11-四嗣’並劇烈攪拌。攪拌一小時後，加入〇· 3莫耳以化學式6表示的4]2_[2_(2,4_二胺基·苯基)_乙氧羰基]乙烯基卜苯基4-(4,4,4-三氟基丁氧基)_苯甲酸酯以及〇. 2莫耳以上述化學式7表示的化合物，使其反應，以提供適當的黏滯度。所得的溶液具有30重量％的固體量，且使此溶液經歷 24小時的共聚反應以提供聚醯胺酸溶液。將此聚醯胺酸溶液與3.0莫耳的乙酸酐和5.0莫耳的碗咬混合。將所得的混合物加熱至80〇C，反應6小時，然後真空蒸餾以移除催化劑和溶劑，從而製備具有20重量〇/0 31 201231501 38435pif 固體量的可溶性聚醯亞胺樹脂。實例7至10 :製備聚醯亞胺（PSI-3至PSI-6) 聚醯亞胺（PSI-3至PSI-6)溶液是根據與實例6相同的方法來製備，差別在於，以化學式6表示的4-{2-[2-(2,4-二胺基-苯基)-乙氧羰基]-乙烯基}-苯基4-(4,4,4-三氟基丁氧基)-苯曱酸酯以及以上述化學式7表示的化合物的添加量是如下列表1所示。在表1中，以化學式PIP1表示的 4-{2-[2-(2,4-二胺基-苯基）-乙氧幾基]-乙稀基}-苯基 4-(4,4,4-三氟基丁氧基)-苯曱酸酯的量是第一次及第二次添加量的和，其第一次添加量在所有實例中均為0. 5莫耳。 ⑧ (表1) 製備實例化學式6 化學式7 類型比較例1 PSA-1 100 - 聚醯胺酸實例1 PSA-2 90 10 聚醯胺酸實例2 PSA-3 80 20 聚醯胺酸實例3 PSA-4 70 30 聚醯胺酸實例4 PSA-5 60 40 聚醯胺酸實例5 PSA-6 50 50 聚醯胺酸比較例2 PSI-1 100 聚醯亞胺實例6 PSI-2 90 10 聚醯亞胺實例7 PSI-3 80 20 聚醯亞胺實例8 PSI-4 70 30 聚醯亞胺實例9 PSI-5 60 40 聚醯亞胺實例10 PSI-6 50 50 聚醯亞胺 32 201231501 38435pif 在上述表1中，以化學式6和化學式7表示的化合物的量是基於二元胺（其用以製備聚合物）的總莫耳數的莫耳％。〈性質評估〉評估液晶配向性質使用液晶單元來評估液晶配向劑的垂直配向性質。液晶皁元以下述方法製造。在經標準化的銦錫氧化物（indium-tin oxide ; ITO ) 玻璃基板上進行用以圖案化的微影製程，以移除ITO，留下1. 5 cm X 1. 5 cm的方形ΙΤΟ以及用以施加電壓的no 電極形狀。將實例1至10與比較例1及2的液晶配向劑旋塗於圖案化ITO基板上（厚度達〇. 1 μιη)，且在7〇。(：及21〇。(：：下固化。利用曝光器（UIS-S2021J7-YD01，UshioLPUV)，以預先決疋的角度和預先決定的能量曝光經固化的IT〇基板。將兩個經曝光的基板以下述方式結合：以相反的曝光方向（VA模式，90度）安置兩個經曝光的基板，並且在頂部的方形ΙΤΟ形狀與底部的方形ΙΤΡ形狀對齊時，維持單元間隙為4. 75 μηι。曝光是以2千瓦的深紫外燈 (UXM-2000)為光源來執行。以液晶填充所得的液晶單元。利用垂直偏振光學顯微鏡測量每一液晶單元的液晶配向性質。使用晶體繞射法（晶體旋轉法）測量翻肖（pretiltangle)。結紐示在下列表 33 201231501 38435pif 2中。評估液晶配向性質的參考標準如下：〈評估液晶配向性質的參考標準〉好：找不到向錯（disclination ) 差：找到向錯評估液晶配向膜的電壓一穿透率性質藉由使用單元間隙為4. 75 μηι的液晶單元 θ曰配向膜的電壓一穿透率性質，以評估其電性特測^液，供於下列表2巾。、4。結果提〈評估電壓一穿透率性質的參考標準〉好：99. 0%以上中：98. 5%至 99. 0% 差：98. 5%以下評估液晶配向膜的光反應性分別將根據實例1至10以及比較例1至2的液晶配向劑塗佈於潔淨的石英基板，且旋塗至〇丨μιη厚，^後在80°C的加熱板上預乾燥9〇秒。 … 將預乾燥後的配向膜基板在220°C的加熱板上供烤15 分鐘，然後以10 mj的能量曝光3到1〇秒，從而製造有配向膜印刷其上的基板。測量此基板對的吸收。觀於曝光導致的結構改變，以Resier，s方法分析UV的吸收。結果提供於表2中。〈評估光反應性的參考標準> 4 :光反應性25%以上 3 :光反應性20%以上，小於25% 2 :光反應性10%以上，小於20% 1 :光反應性小於10% ⑧ 34 201231501 38435pif (表2) ---— 製備實例 ___[ 配向性質 —.— 電壓一穿透率___ -----! 光反應性比較例1 PSA-1 ----- 好 __——一中 ____ 〜〜-- 2 實例1 PSA-2 ___- __!- ~— 3 實例2 PSA-3 好好一-- 3 實例3 PSA-4 ___ 好_ ---— 4 實例4 PSA-5 「好 4 實例5 PSA-6 _4 奸中 4 比較例2 PSI-1 中 2 實例6 PSI-2 ^__ 好 3 實例7 PSI-3 ___^子好 3 實例8 PSI-4 子好 3 實例9 PSI-5 子好 4 實例10 PSI-6 中 4 欢儘官已結合當前認為實用的例示性實施例來描述本丄二但應瞭解’本發明不限於在此揭露的實施例，相反【圖式簡單說明】【主要元件符號說明】所包=====範圍的精神繼内無0 35Examples 2 to 5: Preparation of Polylysine (PSA_3 to psa_6) Polylysine CPSA-3 to PSA-5) solution was prepared according to the same method as Example j except that the diamine group represented by Chemical Formula 6 was used. _Phenylethoxycarbonyl]-vinyl}-phenyl 4-(4,4,4-trifluorobutoxy)-benzene (tetra) and the compound represented by Chemical Formula 7 are added as shown in Table 1 below. . In Table i, 4_ {2 [2_(2 4 -diamino-phenyl)-ethoxycarbonyl]-vinyl}-phenyl 4-(4,4,4-trifluoro) represented by Chemical Formula 6 The amount of butyl, benzoate-benzoate was calculated as the sum of the first and second addition amounts, and the first addition amount was 〇. 5 moles in all examples. Comparative Example 2: Preparation of polyamic acid (psi-1) 0.5 mol of 4·{2-[2-(2,4-diamino-phenyl)-ethoxycarbonyl group represented by Chemical Formula 6 ]-Ethyl}Phenyl 4_(4,4,4-trifluorobutoxy)benzoic acid vinegar was placed in a four-necked flask with sandalwood II, temperature controller and nitrogen injector. Nitrogen gas was introduced under darkroom conditions, and N-methyl-2-pyrr〇iidone (ΝΜρ) was added to dissolve it. The solid 4,10-dioxy-tricyclo[6.3.1.02,7]dodecane-3,5,9,1b tetraketone was added to i 〇mol and vigorously mixed. After mixing for one hour, 'add 0.5 mil to chemical 201231501 38435pif for 4·{2_[2_(2,4•diaminophenyl)ethoxycarbonyl]vinyl bromide 4 γ4,4,4- Difluorobutoxy)benzoate is allowed to react to provide a suitable viscosity. The resulting solution had a solids content of 30% by weight and this solution was subjected to a copolymerization reaction for 24 hours to provide a polyaminic acid solution. This polyaminic acid solution was mixed with 3. mM molar acetic anhydride and 5. 〇 molar acridine. The resulting mixture was heated to 8 (TC, reacted for several hours, and then vacuum distilled to remove the catalyst and solvent to prepare a soluble polyimine resin having a weight % solids. Example 6: Preparation of Polyimine (PSI- 2) 4-{2-[2·(2,4-diamino-stupyl)-ethoxycarbonyl]-vinylphenyl 4-(4,4) represented by Chemical Formula 6 , 4-trifluorobutoxy)-benzoic acid vinegar was placed in a four-necked flask equipped with a stirrer, a temperature controller, and a nitrogen injector. At the same time, nitrogen was introduced under darkroom conditions, and N-mercaptopyrrole was added. Ketone (N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone; NMP) to dissolve. Add 1.Molecular solid 4,10-dioxy-tricyclo[6.3.1.02,7]dodecane-3,5,9 , 11-tetraki' and stir vigorously. After stirring for one hour, add 4] 2_[2_(2,4-diaminophenyl)-ethoxycarbonyl]vinyl represented by Chemical Formula 6 Phenyl 4-(4,4,4-trifluorobutoxy)-benzoate and oxime 2 of the compound represented by the above Chemical Formula 7 are allowed to react to provide a suitable viscosity. The resulting solution had a solids content of 30% by weight and subjected the solution to 24 The copolymerization reaction was carried out to provide a polyaminic acid solution. The polyamic acid solution was mixed with 3.0 mol of acetic anhydride and a 5.0 m ear bowl. The resulting mixture was heated to 80 ° C for 6 hours and then reacted for 6 hours. Vacuum distillation to remove the catalyst and solvent to prepare a soluble polyamidene resin having a solids content of 20 wt%/0 31 201231501 38435 pif. Examples 7 to 10: Preparation of Polyimine (PSI-3 to PSI-6) Poly The quinone imine (PSI-3 to PSI-6) solution was prepared according to the same method as in Example 6, except that 4-{2-[2-(2,4-diamino-benzene) represented by Chemical Formula 6 The amount of the compound represented by the above Chemical Formula 7 and the addition amount of the compound represented by the above Chemical Formula 7 are as follows Shown in Table 1, 4-{2-[2-(2,4-diamino-phenyl)-ethoxyxo]-ethidyl}-phenyl 4-(4- represented by the chemical formula PIP1) 5摩尔。 In the case of the first and second additions, the amount of the first addition is 0. 5 moles 8 (Table 1) Preparation Example Chemical Formula 6 Chemical Formula 7 Type Comparison Example 1 PSA-1 100 - Polyproline Example 1 PSA-2 90 10 Polyamide Example 2 PSA-3 80 20 Polyamide Example 3 PSA-4 70 30 Polyamine Example 4 PSA-5 60 40 Polyproline Example 5 PSA-6 50 50 Polyamide Comparative Example 2 PSI-1 100 Polyimine Example 6 PSI-2 90 10 Polyimine Example 7 PSI-3 80 20 Polyimine Example 8 PSI-4 70 30 Polyimine Example 9 PSI-5 60 40 Polyimine Example 10 PSI-6 50 50 Polyimine 32 201231501 38435pif In Table 1 above, the compound represented by Chemical Formula 6 and Chemical Formula 7 The amount is based on the molar % of the total moles of diamines used to make the polymer. <Evaluation of Properties> Evaluation of Liquid Crystal Alignment Properties Liquid crystal cells were used to evaluate the vertical alignment properties of liquid crystal alignment agents. The liquid soap cell was produced in the following manner. A lithography process for patterning was performed on a standardized indium-tin oxide (ITO) glass substrate to remove ITO, leaving a square crucible of 1.5 cm X 1.5 cm and used The shape of the no electrode to which the voltage is applied. The liquid crystal alignment agents of Examples 1 to 10 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 were spin-coated on a patterned ITO substrate (thickness of 1 μmη) at 7 Å. (: and 21〇. (:: under curing. Using an exposure device (UIS-S2021J7-YD01, UshioLPUV), expose the cured IT substrate with a pre-determined angle and a predetermined energy. Two exposed The substrate is bonded in such a manner that the two exposed substrates are placed in opposite exposure directions (VA mode, 90 degrees), and the cell gap is maintained at 4.75 μηι when the square shape of the top is aligned with the square shape of the bottom. The exposure was performed with a 2 kW deep ultraviolet lamp (UXM-2000) as a light source. The resulting liquid crystal cell was filled with liquid crystal. The liquid crystal alignment property of each liquid crystal cell was measured by a perpendicular polarization optical microscope. Crystal diffraction method (crystal Rotation method) Pretiltangle is measured. The knot is shown in the following list 33 201231501 38435pif 2. The reference standard for evaluating the alignment properties of liquid crystals is as follows: <Reference standard for evaluating the alignment properties of liquid crystals> Good: no disclination difference can be found : Finding the error-evaluation of the voltage-transmittance property of the liquid crystal alignment film by using a liquid crystal cell θ曰 alignment film having a cell gap of 4.75 μηι The voltage-penetration property is to evaluate its electrical specific test liquid, which is provided in the following table 2, 4. The result is a reference standard for evaluating the voltage-penetration property. Good: 99. 0% or more : 98. 5% to 99. 0% difference: 98.5% or less The photoreactivity of the liquid crystal alignment film was evaluated. The liquid crystal alignment agents according to Examples 1 to 10 and Comparative Examples 1 to 2 were respectively applied to a clean quartz substrate. And spin-coated to 〇丨μιη thick, and then pre-dried on a hot plate at 80 ° C for 9 sec.... The pre-dried aligning film substrate was baked on a hot plate at 220 ° C for 15 minutes, then 10 The energy of mj is exposed for 3 to 1 second, thereby fabricating a substrate on which an alignment film is printed. The absorption of the substrate pair is measured. The structural change caused by the exposure is observed, and the absorption of UV is analyzed by the Resier, s method. 2. The reference standard for evaluating photoreactivity is 4: photoreactivity is 25% or more 3: photoreactivity is 20% or more, less than 25% 2: photoreactivity is 10% or more, less than 20% 1 : photoreactivity Less than 10% 8 34 201231501 38435pif (Table 2) ---- Preparation example ___[ Alignment property —.— Voltage-penetration rate ___ -----! Photoreactivity comparison example 1 PSA-1 ----- Good __——一中____~~-- 2 Example 1 PSA-2 ___- __!- ~— 3 Example 2 PSA -3 好一-- 3 Example 3 PSA-4 ___ Good _ ---- 4 Example 4 PSA-5 "Good 4 Example 5 PSA-6 _4 奸中 4 Comparative Example 2 PSI-1 Medium 2 Example 6 PSI-2 ^__好3 Instance 7 PSI-3 ___^^子好3 Instance 8 PSI-4 Sub-good 3 Instance 9 PSI-5 Sub-good 4 Instance 10 PSI-6 Medium 4 The actor has combined the exemplary embodiments that are currently considered practical It is to be understood that the present invention is not limited to the embodiments disclosed herein, and instead [simplified description of the drawings] [Description of main component symbols] The spirit of the package ===== is not 0.

Claims

201231501 38435pif 七、申請專利範圍： 1. 一種液晶配向劑，包括：聚合物，選自聚醯胺酸、聚醯亞胺及其組合，其中所述聚醯胺酸含有以下列化學式1表示的重複單元，所述聚醯亞胺含有以下列化學式2表示的重複單元： [化學式1]201231501 38435pif VII. Patent Application Range: 1. A liquid crystal alignment agent comprising: a polymer selected from the group consisting of polylysine, polyimine, and combinations thereof, wherein the polyamic acid contains a repeat represented by the following Chemical Formula 1 In the unit, the polyimine contains a repeating unit represented by the following Chemical Formula 2: [Chemical Formula 1]

HOOC COOH [化學式2]HOOC COOH [Chemical Formula 2]

其中，在化學式1及化學式2中， X1與X2相同或不同，且各自獨立為衍生自脂環酸二酐或芳香酸二酐的四價有機基，且 Y1與Y2相同或不同，且各自獨立為衍生自二元胺的二價有機基，且所述二元胺包括以下列化學式3表示的二元胺或其組合， ⑧ 36 201231501 38435pif [化學式3]Wherein, in Chemical Formula 1 and Chemical Formula 2, X1 and X2 are the same or different, and each independently is a tetravalent organic group derived from an alicyclic acid dianhydride or an aromatic acid dianhydride, and Y1 and Y2 are the same or different and are each independently Is a divalent organic group derived from a diamine, and the diamine includes a diamine represented by the following Chemical Formula 3 or a combination thereof, 8 36 201231501 38435pif [Chemical Formula 3]

其中，在化學式3中， A1是單鍵或C1至C2伸烷基， A2是經取代或未經取代的C1至C30伸烷基，或其中至少一個-CH2-基團被-Ο、-OOC-、-COO-、-OCOO-、 -NHCO-、-CONH-或-CO-獨立取代的C1至C10伸烷基， A3 是單鍵、Ο、S02 或 C(R103)(R1〇4)，其中 ri〇3 與 r1〇4 相同或不同，且各自獨立為氫或經取代或未經取代的Cl 至C6烷基， R1至R4相同或不同’且各自獨立為氫、經取代或未經取代的C1至C30烷基、經取代或未經取代的C6至C30 芳基或經取代或未經取代的C2至C30雜芳基， R5是經取代或未經取代的C1至C30伸烷基，或其中至少一個-CH2-基團被-CO-、-CO-0-、-NW-、-NWCO-、 -CO-NW-或-CH=CH-獨立取代的C1至C30伸烧基，其中 W是氫或C1至C10烷基，且氧原子未直接連結， Q、Q與Q各自獨立為氫或鹵素，且 η是從2到4的整數。 2.如申請專利範圍第1項所述之液晶配向劑，其中 37 201231501 38435pif 所述二元胺更包括以下列化學式4表示的二元胺或其組合： [化學式4]Wherein, in Chemical Formula 3, A1 is a single bond or a C1 to C2 alkylene group, A2 is a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C30 alkylene group, or at least one of -CH2- groups is -Ο, -OOC -, -COO-, -OCOO-, -NHCO-, -CONH- or -CO- independently substituted C1 to C10 alkylene, A3 is a single bond, hydrazine, S02 or C(R103)(R1〇4), Wherein ri〇3 is the same as or different from r1〇4, and each independently is hydrogen or a substituted or unsubstituted Cl to C6 alkyl group, and R1 to R4 are the same or different and each independently is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted a C1 to C30 alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted C6 to C30 aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted C2 to C30 heteroaryl group, and R5 is a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C30 alkylene group, Or a C1 to C30 extended alkyl group in which at least one -CH2- group is independently substituted by -CO-, -CO-0-, -NW-, -NWCO-, -CO-NW- or -CH=CH-, wherein W is hydrogen or a C1 to C10 alkyl group, and the oxygen atoms are not directly bonded, and Q, Q and Q are each independently hydrogen or halogen, and η is an integer from 2 to 4. 2. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 1, wherein the diamine further includes a diamine represented by the following Chemical Formula 4 or a combination thereof: [Chemical Formula 4]

a3-r5 Q1 -c—Q2 Q3 其中，在化學式4中， A1是單鍵或C1至C2伸烧基， A2是經取代或未經取代的C1至C30伸烷基，或其中至少一個-CHr基團被-〇、-OOC-、-COO-、-OCOO-、 -NHCO-、-CONH-或-CO-獨立取代的C1至C10伸烷基。 A3 是單鍵、〇、s〇2 或 C(R103)(R1〇4)，其中 r1〇3 與 r1〇4 相同或不同’且各自獨立為氫或經取代或未經取代的C1 至C6烷基， R1至R4相同或不同，且各自獨立為氫、經取代或未經取代的C1至C30烷基、經取代或未經取代的C6至C30 芳基或經取代或未經取代的C2至C30雜芳基， R5是環狀或未經取代的C1至C30伸烷基，或其中至少一個-CH2-基團被-CO-、-CO-0-、-NW-、-NWCO-、 -CO-NW-或-CH=CH-獨立取代的C1至C30伸烷基，其中 W是氫或C1至C10烷基，且氧原子未直接連接，且 38 201231501 38435pif Q1、Q2以及Q3各自獨立為氮或函素。 3. 如申請專利範圍第2項所述之液晶配向劑，其中以所述二元胺的總量計，所述二元胺包括20莫耳％到90 莫耳％所述以化學式3表禾的二元胺以及10莫耳％到80莫耳％所述以化學式4表示的二元胺。 4. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之液晶配向劑，其中所述以化學式3表示的二元胺是以下列化學式5表示的二元胺： [化學式5]A3-r5 Q1 -c—Q2 Q3 wherein, in Chemical Formula 4, A1 is a single bond or a C1 to C2 alkylene group, A2 is a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C30 alkylene group, or at least one of -CHr The C1 to C10 alkyl group independently substituted by -〇, -OOC-, -COO-, -OCOO-, -NHCO-, -CONH- or -CO-. A3 is a single bond, 〇, s〇2 or C(R103)(R1〇4), wherein r1〇3 is the same or different from r1〇4 and is independently hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C6 alkane R1 to R4 are the same or different and are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C30 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C6 to C30 aryl or substituted or unsubstituted C2 to a C30 heteroaryl group, R5 is a cyclic or unsubstituted C1 to C30 alkylene group, or at least one of the -CH2- groups is -CO-, -CO-0-, -NW-, -NWCO-, - CO-NW- or -CH=CH- independently substituted C1 to C30 alkylene, wherein W is hydrogen or C1 to C10 alkyl, and the oxygen atom is not directly bonded, and 38 201231501 38435pif Q1, Q2 and Q3 are each independently Nitrogen or a nutrient. 3. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 2, wherein the diamine comprises 20 mol% to 90 mol%, based on the total amount of the diamine, and the chemical formula 3 The diamine and the diamine represented by Chemical Formula 4 as described in 10 mol% to 80 mol%. 4. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 1, wherein the diamine represented by Chemical Formula 3 is a diamine represented by the following Chemical Formula 5: [Chemical Formula 5]

其中，在化學式5中， A21 是-〇---OOC·或-COO-， R至R14相同或不同，且各自獨立為氫或經取代或未經取代的C1至CIO烷基， nl是從2到4的整數，且 n2是從〇到2的整數。 5.如申請專利範圍第1項所述之液晶配向劑，其中所述聚醯胺酸與所述聚醯亞胺的重量平均分子量為 50, 000 至 500, 000。 39 201231501 38435pif 6. 如申請專利範圍第丨項所述之液晶配向劑，其中所述液晶配向劑是以1 : 99至5〇 : 50的重量比例包括所述聚醢胺酸與所述聚醯亞胺。 7. 如申請專利範圍第丨項所述之液晶配向劑，其中所述液晶配向劑包括1重量％至30重量％的固體。 8· —種液晶配向膜，藉由將如申請專利範圍第}項所述的液晶配向劑塗佈在基板上而製造。 9. 一種液晶顯示器，包括如申請專利範圍第8項所述的液晶配向膜。 201231501 38435pif 四、指定代表圖： (一）本案之指定代表圖：無。 (二）本代表圖之元件符號簡單說明：無。五、本案若有化學式時，請揭示最能顯示發明特徵的化學式： ⑧ [化學式1]Wherein, in Chemical Formula 5, A21 is -〇---OOC· or -COO-, R to R14 are the same or different, and each is independently hydrogen or a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to CIO alkyl group, nl is from An integer from 2 to 4, and n2 is an integer from 〇 to 2. 5. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 1, wherein the polyamic acid and the polyimine have a weight average molecular weight of from 50,000 to 50,000. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to the invention of claim 2, wherein the liquid crystal alignment agent comprises the polyamic acid and the polyfluorene in a weight ratio of 1:99 to 5〇:50 Imine. 7. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 2, wherein the liquid crystal alignment agent comprises 1% by weight to 30% by weight of a solid. A liquid crystal alignment film produced by coating a liquid crystal alignment agent as described in the above-mentioned patent application. A liquid crystal display comprising the liquid crystal alignment film as described in claim 8 of the patent application. 201231501 38435pif IV. Designated representative map: (1) The designated representative of the case: None. (2) A brief description of the symbol of the representative figure: None. 5. If there is a chemical formula in this case, please disclose the chemical formula that best shows the characteristics of the invention: 8 [Chemical Formula 1]

[化學式2][Chemical Formula 2]

4 201231501. 3843'5pifl _ 你了 ^ 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正日期.100年9月16曰發明專利說明書 (本説明書格式、順序，請勿任意更動，※記號部分請勿填寫） ※申請案號·· 1 ※申請日： ※丨卩匸分類：一、發明名稱·（中文/英文）液晶配向劑、使用該液晶配向劑製造的液晶配向膜、以及含有該液晶配向膜的液晶顯示元件/ LIQUID ^ CRYSTAL ALIGNMENT AGENT, LIQUID CRYSTAL 〇 ALIGNMENT FILM MANUFACTURED USING THE SAME, AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE LIQUID CRYSTAL ALIGNMENT FILM 二、中文發明摘要：一種包含聚合物的液晶配向劑，上述聚合物是選自聚醯胺酸、聚醯亞胺及其組合，其中聚醯胺酸含有以下列化學式1表示的重複單元，而聚醯亞胺含有以下列化學式2 〇表示的重複單元。 [化學式1]4 201231501. 3843'5pifl _ You have ^ No. 100125153 Chinese manual without line correction This revision date. 100 years September 16 曰 invention patent specification (this specification format, order, please do not change anything, ※ mark please Do not fill in. ※Application number·· 1 ※Application date: ※丨卩匸Classification: 1. Invention name (Chinese/English) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film produced using the liquid crystal alignment agent, and liquid crystal alignment film Film liquid crystal display element / LIQUID ^ CRYSTAL ALIGNMENT AGENT, LIQUID CRYSTAL 〇ALIGNMENT FILM MANUFACTURED USING THE SAME, AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE LIQUID CRYSTAL ALIGNMENT FILM II. Abstract of Chinese invention: A liquid crystal alignment agent containing a polymer, the above polymerization The substance is selected from the group consisting of polylysine, polyimine, and combinations thereof, wherein the polyamine contains a repeating unit represented by the following Chemical Formula 1, and the polyimine contains a repeating unit represented by the following Chemical Formula 2?. [Chemical Formula 1]

201231501 38435pif2 ' 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正日期·年1〇月18日發明專利說明書 (本說明書格式、順序’請勿任意更動’※記號部分請勿填寫） ※申請案號：丨。〇/⑸〇 mpc 分類：一、發明名稱：（中文/英文）液晶配向劑、使用該液晶配向劑製造的液晶配向膜、以及含有該液晶配向膜的液晶顯示元件/ LIQUID CRYSTAL ALIGNMENT AGENT, LIQUID CRYSTAL ALIGNMENT FILM MANUFACTURED USING THE SAME, AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE LIQUID CRYSTAL ALIGNMENT FILM 二、中文發明摘要：一種包含聚合物的液晶配向劑，上述聚合物是選自聚醯胺酸、聚醯亞胺及其組合，其中聚醯胺酸含有以下列化學式1表示的重複單元，而聚醯亞胺含有以下列化學式2 表示的重複單元。 [化學式1] 〇〇 -NH"—^ \χ1 / \ HOOC COOH 201231501 38435pifl 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正日期:100年9月16日六、發明說明：【發明所屬之技術領域】本揭露内容是有關於液晶配向劑、使用該液晶配向劑製造的液晶配向膜、以及含有該液晶配向膜的液晶顯示器。【先前技術】液晶顯示器（liquid crystal display ; LCD )含有液晶配向膜’且液晶配向膜主要是由聚合物材料所製成。 0 液晶配向膜是做為對準液晶分子的導向器 (director)。當液晶分子受電場影響而移動以呈現影像時，液晶配向膜使其沿著預先決定的方向定向。通常需要均勻地對準液晶分子，以提供LCD均勻的亮度和高對比度。然而，隨著近曰LCD市場的擴大，對高品質[CD的需求漸增。另外，因為LCDs的尺寸快速變大，對高產率的液晶配向膜的需求也在增加。因此’經常需要具有低LCD製程劣率（inferi〇rity rate)、出色的光電特徵、高可靠度以及高效能（可廣泛滿足發展巾的各種LCD的不同雜）的液晶配向膜。、為了將液晶配向材料大量塗佈於液晶顯示器，必須有出色的光穩定性和熱穩定性，並且不可有殘像。、【發明内容】本發明一實施例提供一種液晶配向劑，使光配向 (Ph〇t〇alignment)能在低能量達成，並且維持優良的垂直配向；形成優良的紋理（texture)，藉由增強的光反應 5 201231501 38435pif2 修正曰期:100年10月18日爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修六、發明說明：【發明所屬之技術領域】本揭露内容是有關於液晶配向劑、使用該液晶配向劑製造的液晶配向膜、以及含有該液晶配向膜的液晶顯示器。【先前技術】液晶顯示器（liquid crystal display ; LCD)含有液晶配向膜，且液晶配向膜主要是由聚合物材料所製成。曰液晶配向膜是做為對準液晶分子的導向器 (director)。當液晶分子受電場影響而移動以呈現影j 時，液晶配向膜使其沿著預先決定的方向定向。通常需要均勻地對準液晶分子，以提供LCD均亮度和高對比度。 @ 然而，隨著近曰LCD市場的擴大，對高品質lCd 需求漸增。另外’因為LCDs的尺寸快速變大，對高產率的液晶配向膜的需求也在增加。· '、因此，經常需要具有低LCD製程劣率（时如吨 rate)、出色的光電賴、高可靠度以及高效能（可Υ 滿足發展中的各種LCD的不同特性y的液晶配向膜為了將液晶配向材料大量塗佈於液晶顯示器，必出色的光穩定性和熱穩定性，並且不可有殘像。、’ 【發明内容】本發明一實施例提供一種液晶配向劑，使光配 (photo-aligmnent)能在低能量達成，並且 = 直配向1成優良的紋理（te伽e)，藉由增強的光^ 201231501 38435pifl 修正日期:100年9月16日爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修性改善靈敏度，以及避免操作過程中的亮度差異。本發明另一實施例提供一種以上述液晶配向劑製造的液晶配向膜。本發明又一實施例提供一種含有上述液晶配向膜的液晶顯不裔。根據本發明一實施例，提供一種包含聚合物的液晶配向劑，所述聚合物是選自聚醯胺酸（polyamic acid )、聚醯亞胺（P〇lyimide)及其組合，其中，聚醯胺酸含有以下列化學式1表示的重複單元，而聚醯亞胺含有以下列化學式2表示的重複單元。 [化學式1]201231501 38435pif2 ' For the Chinese manual No. 100125153, there is no slash correction. The date of this revision is the first invention. The format of the manual, the order of the manual, please do not change it. ※Please do not fill in the number of the mark. ※Application number: Hey. 〇/(5)〇mpc Classification: 1. Invention Name: (Chinese/English) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film manufactured using the liquid crystal alignment agent, and liquid crystal display element containing the liquid crystal alignment film / LIQUID CRYSTAL ALIGNMENT AGENT, LIQUID CRYSTAL ALIGNMENT FILM MANUFACTURED USING THE SAME, AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE LIQUID CRYSTAL ALIGNMENT FILM II. Abstract of Chinese Invention: A liquid crystal alignment agent comprising a polymer selected from the group consisting of polylysine, polyimine and A combination wherein the polyaminic acid contains a repeating unit represented by the following Chemical Formula 1, and the polyiminimide contains a repeating unit represented by the following Chemical Formula 2. [Chemical Formula 1] 〇〇-NH"—^ \χ1 / \ HOOC COOH 201231501 38435pifl No. 100125153 Chinese manual without scribe correction This revision date: September 16, 100. The present disclosure relates to a liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal alignment film produced using the liquid crystal alignment agent, and a liquid crystal display including the liquid crystal alignment film. [Prior Art] A liquid crystal display (LCD) contains a liquid crystal alignment film' and a liquid crystal alignment film is mainly made of a polymer material. 0 The liquid crystal alignment film is used as a director for aligning liquid crystal molecules. When the liquid crystal molecules are moved by the electric field to present an image, the liquid crystal alignment film is oriented in a predetermined direction. It is often desirable to evenly align liquid crystal molecules to provide uniform brightness and high contrast of the LCD. However, with the expansion of the Kinki LCD market, the demand for high quality [CDs is increasing. In addition, as the size of LCDs rapidly increases, the demand for high-yield liquid crystal alignment films is also increasing. Therefore, a liquid crystal alignment film having a low LCD process inferiority rate, excellent photoelectric characteristics, high reliability, and high performance (a variety of various LCDs which can widely satisfy the development of a tissue) is often required. In order to apply a large amount of liquid crystal alignment materials to a liquid crystal display, it is necessary to have excellent light stability and thermal stability, and there is no residual image. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION An embodiment of the present invention provides a liquid crystal alignment agent that enables light alignment (Ph〇t〇alignment) to be achieved at low energy and maintains excellent vertical alignment; forms an excellent texture by enhancing Photoreaction 5 201231501 38435pif2 Revision period: October 18th, 100th No. 100125153 Chinese manual without underline repair Six, invention description: [Technical field of invention] The disclosure relates to liquid crystal alignment agent, use of the A liquid crystal alignment film produced by a liquid crystal alignment agent, and a liquid crystal display including the liquid crystal alignment film. [Prior Art] A liquid crystal display (LCD) contains a liquid crystal alignment film, and the liquid crystal alignment film is mainly made of a polymer material.液晶 The liquid crystal alignment film is used as a director for aligning liquid crystal molecules. When the liquid crystal molecules are moved by the electric field to exhibit a shadow j, the liquid crystal alignment film is oriented in a predetermined direction. It is often desirable to evenly align the liquid crystal molecules to provide uniform brightness and high contrast of the LCD. @ However, with the expansion of the Kinki LCD market, the demand for high quality lCd is increasing. In addition, as the size of LCDs rapidly increases, the demand for high-yield liquid crystal alignment films is also increasing. · ', therefore, it is often necessary to have a low LCD process inferiority (time ton rate), excellent photoelectric dependence, high reliability and high performance (a liquid crystal alignment film that can meet the different characteristics of various LCDs in development) The liquid crystal alignment material is coated on a liquid crystal display in a large amount, and has excellent light stability and thermal stability, and has no residual image. [Invention] An embodiment of the present invention provides a liquid crystal alignment agent for photo-matching (photo- Aligmnent) can be achieved at low energy, and = straight alignment to 1% excellent texture (te gamma), with enhanced light ^ 201231501 38435pifl Revision date: September 16, 100 is the 100125153 Chinese manual without line repair The invention improves the sensitivity and avoids the difference in brightness during the operation. Another embodiment of the present invention provides a liquid crystal alignment film produced by the above liquid crystal alignment agent. Another embodiment of the present invention provides a liquid crystal display of the liquid crystal alignment film. According to an embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a liquid crystal alignment agent comprising a polymer selected from the group consisting of polyamic acid (polyamic acid) And polypyridyl acid and a combination thereof, wherein the polyamic acid contains a repeating unit represented by the following Chemical Formula 1, and the polyiminimide contains a repeating unit represented by the following Chemical Formula 2. [Chemical Formula 1]

HOOC COOH [化學式2]HOOC COOH [Chemical Formula 2]

〇〇在化學式1及化學式2中， X1與X2相同或不同，且其各自獨立為衍生自脂環酸 201231501 38435pif2 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正日M年10月18日性改善靈敏度，以及避免操作過程中的亮度差異。本發明另一實施例提供一種以上述液晶配向劑製造的液晶配向膜。本發明又一實施例提供一種含有上述液晶配向膜的液晶顯示器。根據本發明一實施例，提供一種包含聚合物的液晶配向劑，所述聚合物是選自聚醯胺酸（polyamic acid)、聚醯亞胺（polyimide)及其組合，其中，聚醯胺酸含有以下列化學式1表示的重複單元，而聚醯亞胺含有以下列化學式2表示的重複單元。 [化學式1] 0 0化学 In Chemical Formula 1 and Chemical Formula 2, X1 and X2 are the same or different, and each of them is independently derived from alicyclic acid 201231501 38435pif2 is No. 100125153 Chinese manual no slash correction This correction date is October 18th. Sensitivity, as well as avoiding differences in brightness during operation. Another embodiment of the present invention provides a liquid crystal alignment film produced by the above liquid crystal alignment agent. Another embodiment of the present invention provides a liquid crystal display comprising the above liquid crystal alignment film. According to an embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a liquid crystal alignment agent comprising a polymer selected from the group consisting of polyamic acid, polyimide, and combinations thereof, wherein polylysine The repeating unit represented by the following Chemical Formula 1 is contained, and the polyimine contains a repeating unit represented by the following Chemical Formula 2. [Chemical Formula 1] 0 0

Nh ^JLnh- /\ HOOO oocw [化學式2] Ο οNh ^JLnh- /\ HOOO oocw [Chemical Formula 2] Ο ο

在化學式1及化學式2中， X1與X2相同或不同，且其各自獨立為衍生自脂環酸 201231501 3843i5pifl 修正日期:100年9月16日爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本二酐（alicyclic acid dianhydride )或芳香酸二酐（ar〇matic acid dianhydride )的四價有機基。 Y1與Y2相同或不同，且其各自獨立為衍生自二元胺的二價有機基，且所述二元胺包括以化學式3表示的二元胺或其組合。In Chemical Formula 1 and Chemical Formula 2, X1 and X2 are the same or different, and each of them is independently derived from an alicyclic acid 201231501 3843i5pifl. Amendment date: September 16, 100 is the 100125153 Chinese specification. Alicyclic acid dianhydride ) or a tetravalent organic group of ar〇matic acid dianhydride. Y1 is the same as or different from Y2, and each of them is independently a divalent organic group derived from a diamine, and the diamine includes a diamine represented by Chemical Formula 3 or a combination thereof.

[化學式3][Chemical Formula 3]

Q1 -R5-C—Q2 I Q3 在化學式3中，A1是單鍵或Cl至C2伸烷基， A2是經取代或未經取代的C1至C30伸烷基，或至少一個-CH2-基團被-Ο-、-OOC-、-COO-、-OCOO-、-NHCO-、 -CONH-或-CO獨立取代的C1至CIO伸烷基， A3 是單鍵、◦、S02 或 C(R103)(R104)，其中 R103 與 R104 相同或不同，且各自獨立為氫或經取代或未經取代的Cl 至C6烷基， R1至R4相同或不同，且其各自獨立為氫、經取代或未經取代的C1至烧基、經取代或未經取代c6至的芳基、或經取代或未經取代的C2至C30雜芳基’ R5是經取代或未經取代的C1至C30伸烧基，或至少一個-CH2-基團被_C〇-、-CO-0-、-NW-、-NWCO-、-CO-NW- 201231501 38435pif2 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正日期·年1〇月18日二酐（alicyclic acid dianhydride )或芳香酸二酐（ar〇matic acid dianhydride )的四價有機基。 Y與Y相同或不同’且其各自獨立為衍生自二元胺的二價有機基，且所述二元胺包括以化學式.3表示的二元胺或其組合。 [化學式3]Q1 - R5-C-Q2 I Q3 In Chemical Formula 3, A1 is a single bond or a C to C2 alkyl group, A2 is a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C30 alkyl group, or at least one -CH2- group C1 to CIO alkyl group independently substituted by -Ο-, -OOC-, -COO-, -OCOO-, -NHCO-, -CONH- or -CO, A3 is a single bond, hydrazine, S02 or C (R103) (R104), wherein R103 and R104 are the same or different and are each independently hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted Cl to C6 alkyl, R1 to R4 are the same or different and are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted Substituted C1 to alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted c6 to aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted C2 to C30 heteroaryl 'R5 are substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C30 alkyl, Or at least one -CH2- group is _C〇-, -CO-0-, -NW-, -NWCO-, -CO-NW- 201231501 38435pif2 is the 100125153 Chinese manual without a slash correction. The quaternary organic group of alicyclic acid dianhydride or ar〇matic acid dianhydride on the 18th of the month. Y and Y are the same or different' and each of them is independently a divalent organic group derived from a diamine, and the diamine includes a diamine represented by the chemical formula 3. or a combination thereof. [Chemical Formula 3]

2~〇- Q1 A3—R5-C一Q2 I Q3 在化學式3中’ A1是單鍵或C1至C2伸烧基， A2是經取代或未經取代的C1至C30伸烧基，或至少一個-CH2_基團被-〇-、-OOC-、-COO-、-OCOO-、-NHCO-、 -CONH-或-CO-獨立取代的C1至C10伸烷基， A3 是單鍵、〇、S02 或 C(R103)(R104)，其中 r103 與 R104 相同或不同，丘各自獨立為氫或經取代或未經取代的Cl 至C6烷基， R1至R4相同或不同，且其各自獨立為氫、經取代或未經取代的C1至C30烷基、經取代或未經取代C6至C30 的芳基、或經取代或未經取代的c2至C30雜芳基， R5是經取代或未經取代的C1至C30伸烷基，或至少一個-CH2-基團被-CO-、-CO-O-、-NW-、-NWCO-、-CO-NW- 201231501 38435pifl , 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正日期年9月16日或-CH=CH-獨立取代的C1至c3〇伸烷基，其中w是氫或 ci至cio烧基’且&中的〇在r5中不形成◦鍵結，也不和與R5相連的〇形成鍵結， Q、Q與Q各自獨立為氫或鹵素，且 η是從2到4的整數。一元胺還可包括以下列化學式4表示的二元胺或其組合。2~〇- Q1 A3—R5-C—Q2 I Q3 In Chemical Formula 3, 'A1 is a single bond or a C1 to C2 extension group, and A2 is a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C30 extension group, or at least one a C1 to C10 alkyl group independently substituted with -CH2_ group by -〇-, -OOC-, -COO-, -OCOO-, -NHCO-, -CONH- or -CO-, A3 is a single bond, hydrazine, S02 or C(R103)(R104), wherein r103 is the same or different from R104, each of which is independently hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted Cl to C6 alkyl, R1 to R4 are the same or different, and each independently is hydrogen , substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C30 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C6 to C30 aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted c2 to C30 heteroaryl, R5 is substituted or unsubstituted The C1 to C30 alkyl group, or at least one -CH2- group is -CO-, -CO-O-, -NW-, -NWCO-, -CO-NW- 201231501 38435pifl, which is No. 100125153 Straight line correction dated September 16th or -CH=CH-independently substituted C1 to c3 alkylene, wherein w is hydrogen or ci to cio alkyl' and 〇 in & does not form in r5 ◦ bond, neither formed with 〇 connected to R5 Junction, Q, Q and Q are each independently hydrogen or halogen, and η is an integer of from 2 to 4. The monoamine may further include a diamine represented by the following Chemical Formula 4 or a combination thereof.

在化學式4中， Α1是單鍵或C1至C2伸烷基， Α2是經取代或未經取代的C1至C3〇伸烷基，或至少一個-CHr 基團被-〇-、-ooc-、-COO-、_〇c〇〇_、_Νίί〇Χ)-、 -CONH-或-CO獨立取代的Cl至CIO伸院基。 A3 是單鍵、〇、S02 或 C(RiQ3)(Rig4)，其中 ^ 與相同或不同，m獨立為氫或經取代或未經取代的ci 至C6烧基， Rm目㈣不同其各自獨立為氫、經取未經取代的α至⑶絲、經取代絲經取代的( C30芳基、或级取代或未經取代的C2至c3〇雜芳某 201231501 38435pif2 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正日期:1〇〇年1〇月18日或-CH-CH-獨立取代的ci至C30伸燒基，其中W是氫或 C1至C10烧基，且&中的〇在&中不形成鍵結，也不和與Rs相連的〇形成鍵結， Q、Q與Q各自獨立為氫或鹵素，且 η是從2到4的整數。二元胺還可包括以下列化學式4表示的二元胺或其組合0 [化學式4]In Chemical Formula 4, Α1 is a single bond or a C1 to C2 alkylene group, Α2 is a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C3 alkylene group, or at least one -CHr group is -〇-, -ooc-, -COO-, _〇c〇〇_, _Ν ̄ίί〇Χ)-, -CONH- or -CO independently substituted Cl to CIO. A3 is a single bond, hydrazine, S02 or C(RiQ3)(Rig4), wherein ^ is the same or different, m is independently hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted ci to C6 alkyl, Rm (4) is different Hydrogen, unsubstituted α to (3) silk, substituted silk substituted (C30 aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted C2 to c3 芳芳 2012 201231501 38435pif2 is No. 100125153 Chinese no instructions Amendment of this revision date: 1 〇 1 〇〇 18 或 or -CH-CH- independently substituted ci to C30 stretching base, where W is hydrogen or C1 to C10 alkyl, and & No bond is formed in the bond, nor is the bond formed with Rs, Q, Q and Q are each independently hydrogen or halogen, and η is an integer from 2 to 4. The diamine may also include the following chemical formula 4 The diamine represented or a combination thereof 0 [Chemical Formula 4]

Q1 A3—Rs-C—Q2 在化學式4中， A1是單鍵或C1至C2伸烷基， A2是經取代或未經取代的C1至C3〇伸烷基，或至少一個-CH2-基團被-〇-、_〇〇c_、、-NHCO-、 -CONH-或-CO-獨立取代的C1至cl〇伸烷基。 A3是單鍵、〇、S〇2或 C(R1()3)(Rl04) ，其中尺103與R!04 相同或不同，且各自獨立為氫或經取代或未經取代的cl 至C6烷基， R1至R4相同或不同，且其各自獨立為氫、經取代成未經取代的C1至C30烷基、經取代或未經取代的c6 | C30芳基、或經取代或未經取代的C2至C3Q雜芳基， 201231501. 38435pifl 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正日期:100年9月16日 R5是環狀或未經取代的C1至C30伸烷基，或至少一個-CH2-基團被-CO-、-CO-0-、-NW-、-NWCO-、-CO-NW-或-CH=CH-獨立取代的C1至C30伸烷基，其中w是氫或 C1至C10烷基，且r5中的〇在中不形成鍵結，也不和與R5相連的〇形成鍵結，且 Q1、Q2以及Q3各自獨立為氫或鹵素。以二元胺的總量計，二元胺可包括20莫耳％到go莫耳％以化學式3表示的二元胺以及1〇莫耳％到80莫耳％ ^ 以化學式4表示的二元胺。以化學式3表示的二元胺可以是以下列化學式5表示的二元胺。 [化學式5]Q1 A3—Rs-C—Q2 In Chemical Formula 4, A1 is a single bond or a C1 to C2 alkylene group, and A2 is a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C3 alkylene group, or at least one —CH2- group. A C1 to cl alkyl group which is independently substituted by -〇-, _〇〇c_, -NHCO-, -CONH- or -CO-. A3 is a single bond, 〇, S〇2 or C(R1()3)(R104), wherein the ruler 103 is the same as or different from R!04, and each independently is hydrogen or a substituted or unsubstituted cl to C6 alkane R1 to R4 are the same or different and are each independently hydrogen, substituted with unsubstituted C1 to C30 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted c6 | C30 aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted C2 to C3Q Heteroaryl, 201231501. 38435pifl No. 100125153 Chinese specification No underline correction This revision date: September 16, 100 R5 is a cyclic or unsubstituted C1 to C30 alkyl group, or at least one - a C1- to C30 alkyl group independently substituted by -CO-, -CO-0-, -NW-, -NWCO-, -CO-NW- or -CH=CH-, wherein w is hydrogen or C1 To the C10 alkyl group, the ruthenium in r5 does not form a bond therein, and does not form a bond with ruthenium attached to R5, and Q1, Q2, and Q3 are each independently hydrogen or halogen. The diamine may include 20 mol% to go mol% of the diamine represented by Chemical Formula 3 and 1 mol% to 80 mol% ^2 of the total amount of the diamine. amine. The diamine represented by Chemical Formula 3 may be a diamine represented by the following Chemical Formula 5. [Chemical Formula 5]

〇在化學式5中， A21 是-0-、，〇〇〇或-COO-， R11至R14相同或不同’且其各自獨立為氫或經取代或未經取代的C1至C10烷基， nl是從2到4的整數，且 n2是從〇到2的整數。 9 201231501 38435pif2 ' 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正日期:l〇〇年l〇月18日 R5是環狀或未經取代的C1至C30伸烷基，或至少一個-CH2-基圑被-CO-、-CO-0-、-NW-、-NWCO-、-CO-NW-或-CH=CH-獨立取代的C1至C30伸烷基，其中W是氫或 C1至CIO烷基，且R5中的Ο在R5中不形成-0-0-鍵結，也不和與R5相連的〇形成鍵結’且 Q1、Q2以及Q3各自獨立為氫或鹵素。以二元胺的總量計，二元胺可包括20莫耳％到90莫耳％以化學式3表示的二元胺以及10莫耳％到80莫耳％以化學式4表示的二元胺。以化學式3表示的二元胺可以是以下列化學式5表示的二元胺。 [化學式5]〇 In Chemical Formula 5, A21 is -0-, 〇〇〇 or -COO-, R11 to R14 are the same or different 'and each independently hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C10 alkyl, nl is An integer from 2 to 4, and n2 is an integer from 〇 to 2. 9 201231501 38435pif2 ' For the Chinese manual No. 100125153, there is no slash correction. Amendment date: l〇〇年1月18日 R5 is a cyclic or unsubstituted C1 to C30 alkyl group, or at least one -CH2- group A C1 to C30 alkyl group independently substituted by -CO-, -CO-0-, -NW-, -NWCO-, -CO-NW- or -CH=CH-, wherein W is hydrogen or a C1 to CIO alkane And Ο in R5 does not form an -0-0-bond in R5, and does not form a bond with 〇 attached to R5' and Q1, Q2 and Q3 are each independently hydrogen or halogen. The diamine may include 20 mol% to 90 mol% of the diamine represented by Chemical Formula 3 and 10 mol% to 80 mol% of the diamine represented by Chemical Formula 4, based on the total amount of the diamine. The diamine represented by Chemical Formula 3 may be a diamine represented by the following Chemical Formula 5. [Chemical Formula 5]

在化學式5中， A21 是-〇-、-OOC-或-COO-， R11至R14相同或不同，且其各自獨立為氫或經取代或未經取代的C1至C10烷基， nl是從2到4的整數，且 n2是從0到2的整數。 201231501 38435pifl 爲第100125153號中文說明書無畫臟修正本修正曰期:1〇〇年9月16日聚醯胺酸可具有50, 000至500,000的重量平均分子量。聚醯亞胺可具有50,000至500, 000的重量平均分子量。液晶配向劑可包括重量比1 : 99至50 : 50的聚醯胺酸和聚醯亞胺。液晶配向劑可具有1重量％至30重量％的固體含量。根據本發明另一實施例’提供一種液晶配向膜，其藉由將液晶配向劑塗佈至基板來製造。根據本發明又一實施例，提供一種包含液晶配向膜的液晶顯示器。此液晶配向劑可在低能量下執行光配向，且可提供優良的紋理、靈敏度及類似性質。【實施方式】下文將仔細描述本發明的示例性實施例。然而’這些實施例僅為示例作用，本發明不以此為限。在本文中，若未提供明確定義，所謂「經取代」可指以取代基來取代官能基中的至少一個氫，而所述取代基是從由_素羥基、硝基、氰基、胺基 :H(R10〇)或 n(rhh)(r1()2)，其中 Rl00、Rl01 與 r102相同或不同，且各自獨立為Cl至CIO烷基）、曱脒基、聯胺基、腙基、綾基、經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的鹵、經取代或未經取代的烷氧基、經取代或未經取弋的月曰I有機基（alicyclic organic group)、經取代或未經 201231501 38435pif2 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正曰期駕年月丨8日聚醯胺酸可具有50,000至500,000的重量平均分子量。聚醯亞胺可具有50,000至500,000的重量平均分子量。液晶配向劑可包括重量比1 : 99至50 : 50的聚醯胺酸和聚醯亞胺。液晶配向劑可具有1重量％至3〇重量％的固體含量。根據本發明另一實施例，提供一種液晶配向膜，其藉由將液晶配向劑塗佈至基板來製造。根據本發明又一實施例’提供一種包含液晶配向膜的液晶顯示器。此液晶配向劑可在低能量下執行光配向，且可提供優良的紋理、靈敏度及類似性質。【實施方式】下文將仔細描述本發明的示例性實施例。然而，這些實施例僅為示例作用’本發明不以此為限。在本文中’若未提供明確定義，所謂「經取代」可指以取代基來取代官能基中的至少一個氫，而所述取代基是從由i素（F、Br、cl或I)、羥基、硝基、氰基、胺基（Nh2、 NH(R100)或 n(R101)(r102)，其中 Rioo、R101 與 r102相同或不同’且各自獨立為C1至C10烷基）、曱脒基、聯胺基、腙基、魏基、經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的ii燒基、經取代或未經取代的烷氧基、經取代或未經取代的月曰丨长有機基（alicyclic organic group)、經取代或未經 201231501. 38435pifl 爲第麵加號中文酬書無劃線修正本修正日獅年9月16日取代的方基、經取代或未經取代的烯基、經取代或未經取代的块基、經取代或未經取代的料基以及經取代或未經取代的雜環烷基所構成的群中選出。在本文中，若未提供明確定義，所謂「烷基」可指 C1至C30烧基，且特別是C1至⑽烧基。所謂「環燒基」可才曰C3至C30環烷基’且特別是C3至C2〇環烷基 Ο 謂「雜環烧基」可指C2至C3〇雜環院基，且特別是口至C20雜環烷基。所謂「伸烷基」可指以至匸3〇伸烷基，且特別是Cl至C2G伸絲。所謂「烧氧基」可指〇土玄 C30烧氧基，且特別是α至C2〇燒氧基。所謂「環伸炫基」可指C3至C30環伸烷基，且特別是C3至C2 ❾ 烧基。所謂「雜環伸烷基」可指C2至CSO雜環伸燒義，且特別是C2至C2G雜環伸絲。所謂「芳基^土至C30芳基’且特別是C6至⑽芳基。所謂「雜曰可指C2至C30雜芳基’且特別是C2至⑽雜土 ^ 謂:伸芳基」可指C6至C30伸芳基，且特別是C6 ^ 伸芳基。所謂「雜伸芳基」可指C2至C3〇雜伸特別是C2至C20雜伸芳基。所謂「烧芳基」 = C30烧芳基’且特別是C7至C2〇烧芳基。所謂θ C卜 Br 或 I。 J ^ F' 在本文中，若未另外提供明確定義，所謂雜環伸烷基、雜芳基以及雜伸芳基可分別指環中勺^土 3個異質原子(N、〇、S、Si或P)以及乘C J 基、環伸烷基、芳基以及伸芳基。）衣烷 11 201231501 38435pif2 修正曰期:100年10月18日爲第画25153號中文麵書無劃線修芷本取代的芳基、經取代或未經取代的烯基、經取代或未經取代的快基、經取代或未經取代的雜芳基以及經取代或未經取代的雜環烷基所構成的群中選出。在本文中，若未提供明確定義，所謂「烷基」可指 1, C30烧基’且特別是C1至C2〇烧基。所謂「環烧基」二^ ^至C30環烧基’且特別是C3至C20環烧基。所 Ϊ基」可指。至⑽雜環院基，且特別是C2 且㈣烧基。所謂「伸烧基」可指Cl至C30伸烧基，至⑽伸燒基。所謂「烧氧基」可指。至、元=基’且特別是C1至C2〇燒氧基。所謂「環伸 ί丄可二C3「至C30環伸烷基’且特別是C3至C20環伸「雜環伸絲」可指C2至㈣雜環伸^申且特別是C2至C20雜山—故《 r 土至C30矣萁^ 伸烧基。所謂芳基」可指C6 方基’且特別是C6K2q芳基。所謂「雜 ° aC2j_C3G雜芳基特別是C2至C18雜芳其土^ :芳Γί，6至C3。伸芳基，且特別是 t方基。所胡雜伸芳基」可指C2 s C30雜伸C20 ，別疋C2至C20雜伸芳基。所謂「燒芳基」可扑土 ;且 C1 ?且特別是C7至C2°烧芳基。所W可指ί =二。二=:)以及剩餘的= 201231501 38435pifl 修正日期:1〇〇年9月16日爲第100125153號中文說明書在本文中，若未另外提供明確定義，所謂「脂肪族」可指C1至C30燒基、C2至C3〇婦基、C2至C3〇快基、 C1至C30伸烷基、C2至C30伸烯基或C2至C30伸炔基 (alkynylene)，且特別是C1至C2〇烷基、C2至C20烯基、 C2至C20炔基、C1至C20伸烷基、C2至C20伸烯基或 C2至C20伸炔基。所謂r脂環」可指C3至C3〇環烷基、 C3至C30環烯基、C3至C3〇環炔基、C3至C3〇環伸烷基、C3至C30環伸烯基或C3至C3〇環伸炔基，且特別是 C3至C20環烷基（cyci〇alkyl)、C3至C2〇環烯基、C3至 C20環炔基、C3至C20環伸烷基、C3至C20環伸烯基或 C3至C20環伸块基。所謂「芳香」可指€6至（：3〇芳基、 C2至C30雜芳基、C6至C30伸芳基或C2至C30雜伸芳基’且特別是C6至C16芳基、C2至C16雜芳基、C6至 C16伸芳基或C2至C16雜伸芳基。在本文中，若未另外提供明確定義，所謂「組合」可指混合物或共聚反應，或者在脂環有機基以及芳香有機基的案例中，可指兩個或多個環的稠環、或由單鍵、〇、s、 C(=0)、CH(OH)、s(=0)、S(=〇)2、si(CH3)2、（CH2)p (其中匕衫2)、（CF)2q (其中 )、c(ch3)2、c(cf3)2、 C(CH3)(CF3)或C(=0)NH連接的兩個或多個環。此處「共聚反應」可指嵌段共聚反應至無規共聚反應，而「共聚& 物」可指段共聚合物至無規共聚合物。表示與相同或不同原子或化學式連接的位置。根據本發明一實施例的液晶配向劑包括聚合物，上述 12 201231501 38435pif2 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正日期:1〇〇年10月18日在本文中，若未另外提供明確定義，所謂「脂肪族」可指C1至C30烧基、C2至C3〇稀基、C2至C3〇块基、 C1至C30伸烧基、C2至C30伸稀基或C2至C30伸快基 (alkynylene)’且特別是C1至C20烷基、C2至C20烯基、 C2至C20块基、C1至C20伸烷基、C2至C20伸烯基或 C2至C20伸炔基。所謂「脂環」可指C3至C3〇環烷基、 C3至C30環烯基、C3至C3〇環块基、C3至C3〇環伸烷基、C3至C30環伸烯基或C3至C3〇環伸快基，且特別是 C3至C20環烧基（cycl〇alkyl)、C3至C2〇環烯基、至 C20環炔基、C3至C2〇環伸院基、C3至⑽環伸稀基或 C3至C20 %伸快基。所謂「芳香」可指C6至⑶芳基、 C2至C3G雜芳基、（^至⑶伸芳基或〇至⑽雜伸芳基’且，別是C6至C16芳基、C2至C16雜芳基、C6至 C16伸芳基或C2至C16雜伸芳基。在本文中，若未另外提供明讀定義，所謂「組合」可指混合物或共聚反應，或者在脂環有機基以及芳香有機基的案例中’可指兩個或多個環的稠環、或由單鍵、〇、s、 ?Τ< <2CH!?'S(=0)'S(=0)2' Sl(CH3)2 ' (CH^P ^ ^ -p- ( F)2q ( ^ t l<q<2) , C(CH3)2 > C(CF3)2 > C(CH3)(CF3)或C(=0)NH連接的兩個或多個環。此處「丑聚反應」可指紐共聚反應至缺絲反應，❿「共聚ς 物」可指段共聚合物至無規共聚合物。 π表示與相同或不同原子或化根據本發明-實施例的液晶配向劑包括聚合物上述 201231501. 38435pifl 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正曰期:100年9月16日聚合物是選自聚醯胺酸、聚醯亞胺及其組合，其中，聚醯胺酸含有以下列化學式1表示的重複單元，而聚醯亞胺含有以下列化學式2表示的重複單元。 [化學式1] Ο Ο JJ 1L \ , A HCX>C CODH [化學式2] Ο ΟIn Chemical Formula 5, A21 is -〇-, -OOC- or -COO-, and R11 to R14 are the same or different, and each of them is independently hydrogen or a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C10 alkyl group, and nl is from 2 An integer up to 4, and n2 is an integer from 0 to 2. 201231501 38435pifl is the Chinese manual of No. 100125153. There is no dirty correction. The revised period: September 16th, 1st, polyglycine can have a weight average molecular weight of 50,000 to 500,000. The polyimine may have a weight average molecular weight of 50,000 to 500,000. The liquid crystal aligning agent may include polyamine and polyimine in a weight ratio of 1:99 to 50:50. The liquid crystal alignment agent may have a solid content of from 1% by weight to 30% by weight. According to another embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a liquid crystal alignment film which is produced by applying a liquid crystal alignment agent to a substrate. According to still another embodiment of the present invention, a liquid crystal display comprising a liquid crystal alignment film is provided. This liquid crystal alignment agent performs light alignment at a low energy and provides excellent texture, sensitivity, and the like. [Embodiment] Hereinafter, an exemplary embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail. However, the embodiments are merely exemplary and the invention is not limited thereto. Herein, if a clear definition is not provided, the term "substituted" may mean replacing at least one hydrogen in a functional group with a substituent derived from a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, a cyano group, an amine group. :H(R10〇) or n(rhh)(r1()2), wherein Rl00, Rl01 are the same or different from r102, and each independently is a C1 to CIO alkyl group, a fluorenyl group, a hydrazino group, a fluorenyl group, Anthracenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted halo, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unreacted alicyclic organic group , substituted or not 201231501 38435pif2 is the Chinese manual of No. 100125153. There is no slash correction. The modified polyamine can have a weight average molecular weight of 50,000 to 500,000. The polyimine may have a weight average molecular weight of 50,000 to 500,000. The liquid crystal aligning agent may include polyamine and polyimine in a weight ratio of 1:99 to 50:50. The liquid crystal alignment agent may have a solid content of from 1% by weight to 3% by weight. According to another embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a liquid crystal alignment film which is produced by coating a liquid crystal alignment agent onto a substrate. According to still another embodiment of the present invention, a liquid crystal display comprising a liquid crystal alignment film is provided. This liquid crystal alignment agent performs light alignment at a low energy and provides excellent texture, sensitivity, and the like. [Embodiment] Hereinafter, an exemplary embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail. However, these examples are for illustrative purposes only, and the invention is not limited thereto. As used herein, unless a clear definition is provided, the term "substituted" may mean replacing at least one hydrogen in a functional group with a substituent derived from an element (F, Br, cl or I), a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, a cyano group, an amine group (Nh2, NH(R100) or n(R101)(r102), wherein Rioo, R101 and r102 are the same or different 'and each independently is a C1 to C10 alkyl group), a fluorenyl group , aminimido, fluorenyl, thiol, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted ii alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted The alicyclic organic group, substituted or not 201231501. 38435pifl is the first plus Chinese translation without a slash correction. The revised syllabus replaced by the square on September 16th, replaced or not A group consisting of a substituted alkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted block group, a substituted or unsubstituted base group, and a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl group is selected. As used herein, "alkyl" may mean C1 to C30 alkyl, and especially C1 to (10) alkyl, if not explicitly defined. The so-called "ring-burning group" may be a C3 to C30 cycloalkyl group, and particularly a C3 to C2 fluorenyl group, and a "heterocyclic group" may mean a C2 to C3 fluorene heterocyclic group, and particularly C20 heterocycloalkyl. By "alkylene" is meant an alkyl group, and particularly a Cl to C2G filament. The "alkoxy group" may refer to alkoxy C30 alkoxy group, and particularly α to C2 oxime alkoxy group. The term "ring-extension" may mean a C3 to C30 cycloalkyl group, and particularly a C3 to C2 fluorene group. The "heterocycloalkylene group" may mean a C2 to CSO heterocyclic ring, and particularly a C2 to C2G heterocyclic wire. The term "aryl to earth to C30 aryl" and especially C6 to (10) aryl. The so-called "heteroquinone can mean C2 to C30 heteroaryl" and especially C2 to (10) heterogeneous ^" C6 to C30 are an aryl group, and particularly a C6^ extended aryl group. The "heteroaryl group" may mean a C2 to C3 heterodyne, especially a C2 to C20 heteroaryl group. The so-called "burning aryl group" = C30 aryl group' and especially C7 to C2 aryl group. The so-called θ C b Br or I. J ^ F' In this paper, the heterocyclic alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl groups can be referred to as three heteroatoms (N, 〇, S, Si or P) and by a CJ group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group and an extended aryl group. )Cetane 11 201231501 38435pif2 Revision period: October 18th, 100th is the 25153 Chinese noodles without underline repair of substituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or not A group consisting of a substituted fast group, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group, and a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl group is selected. Herein, the term "alkyl" may mean 1, C30 alkyl group and especially C1 to C2 alkyl group, unless a clear definition is provided. The "ring-burning group" is a ^^^ to C30 cycloalkyl group and particularly a C3 to C20 cycloalkyl group. "Based" can refer to. To (10) a heterocyclic compound, and especially a C2 and (iv) alkyl group. The term "extension base" may refer to a C to C30 extension base to a (10) extension base. The term "oxygenated" can mean. To, meta = base 'and especially C1 to C2 oxime alkoxy groups. The so-called "ring extension" can be used to refer to C3 to C20 ring extension "heterocyclic wire" and can mean C2 to (4) heterocyclic extension and especially C2 to C20. Therefore, "r soil to C30 矣萁 ^ stretch base. The "aryl group" may mean a C6 square group and especially a C6K2q aryl group. The so-called "a hetero- aC2j_C3G heteroaryl group, especially C2 to C18 hetero-aromatic soil ^: aryl Γ, 6 to C3. aryl, and especially t-square. The aryl group can refer to C2 s C30 Stretch C20, do not lick C2 to C20 hetero-aryl. The so-called "burning aryl" can pounce the soil; and C1 ? and especially C7 to C2 ° burn aryl. W can mean ί = two. 2 =:) and the remaining = 201231501 38435pifl Amendment date: September 16th, 1st, is the 100125153 Chinese manual. In this article, if not clearly defined, the so-called "aliphatic" may refer to C1 to C30. , C2 to C3, a C2 to C3 alkyl group, a C1 to C30 alkyl group, a C2 to C30 alkyl group or a C2 to C30 alkynylene group, and especially a C1 to C2 alkyl group, C2 To C20 alkenyl, C2 to C20 alkynyl, C1 to C20 alkyl, C2 to C20 extended alkenyl or C2 to C20 extended alkynyl. The term "r alicyclic ring" may mean C3 to C3 fluorenylcycloalkyl, C3 to C30 cycloalkenyl, C3 to C3 fluorencycloalkynyl, C3 to C3 fluorene cycloalkyl, C3 to C30 cycloalkenyl or C3 to C3 Anthracene, and especially C3 to C20 cyci〇alkyl, C3 to C2 〇cycloalkenyl, C3 to C20 cycloalkynyl, C3 to C20 cycloalkyl, C3 to C20 cycloalkane Base or C3 to C20 ring extension block. By "aromatic" may mean €6 to (: 3 aryl, C2 to C30 heteroaryl, C6 to C30 extended aryl or C2 to C30 heteroaryl) and especially C6 to C16 aryl, C2 to C16 Heteroaryl, C6 to C16 extended aryl or C2 to C16 heteroaryl. In this context, unless clearly defined otherwise, the term "combination" may mean a mixture or copolymerization reaction, or an alicyclic organic group and an aromatic organic group. In the case of a base, it may refer to a fused ring of two or more rings, or by a single bond, 〇, s, C(=0), CH(OH), s(=0), S(=〇)2. Si(CH3)2, (CH2)p (where shirt 2), (CF)2q (where), c(ch3)2, c(cf3)2, C(CH3)(CF3) or C(=0) Two or more rings to which NH is attached. Here, "copolymerization reaction" may mean a block copolymerization reaction to a random copolymerization reaction, and "copolymerization &" may refer to a segment copolymer to a random copolymer. The same or different atomic or chemically bonded positions. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a polymer, and the above 12 201231501 38435pif2 is the 100125125 Chinese manual without a slash correction. Amendment date: October 18, 1 In this In the meantime, if not explicitly defined, the term "aliphatic" may mean C1 to C30 alkyl, C2 to C3 alkyl, C2 to C3 alkyl, C1 to C30 extended alkyl, C2 to C30 extended or C2 to C30 extend alkynylene' and especially C1 to C20 alkyl, C2 to C20 alkenyl, C2 to C20 block, C1 to C20 alkyl, C2 to C20 extended alkenyl or C2 to C20 extended alkyne The term "alicyclic" may mean C3 to C3 anthracenyl, C3 to C30 cycloalkenyl, C3 to C3 anthracene, C3 to C3 anthracene, C3 to C30 cycloalkenyl or C3. To C3 〇 ring extension, and especially C3 to C20 cycloalkyl, C3 to C2 〇cycloalkenyl, to C20 cycloalkynyl, C3 to C2 〇 ring extension, C3 to (10) ring a thin base or a C3 to C20% extension base. The so-called "aromatic" may mean C6 to (3) aryl, C2 to C3G heteroaryl, (^ to (3) aryl or fluorene to (10) heteroaryl) and Is a C6 to C16 aryl group, a C2 to C16 heteroaryl group, a C6 to C16 extended aryl group or a C2 to C16 heteroaryl group. In the present disclosure, the term "combination" may mean a mixture or copolymerization unless otherwise explicitly defined. Reaction, or in alicyclic organic and aromatic organic groups In the case, 'may refer to a fused ring of two or more rings, or by a single bond, 〇, s, ?Τ<<2CH!?'S(=0)'S(=0)2' Sl(CH3) 2 ' (CH^P ^ ^ -p- ( F ) 2q ( ^ t l < q < 2) , C(CH3) 2 > C(CF3) 2 > C(CH3)(CF3) or C(= 0) Two or more rings connected by NH. Here, "ugly polymerization reaction" may refer to a copolymerization reaction to a silkiness reaction, and "copolymerization" may refer to a segment copolymer to a random copolymer. π denotes the same or different atom or the liquid crystal alignment agent according to the present invention-embodiment includes the above-mentioned 201231501. 38435pifl is the 100125153 Chinese specification without a slash correction. The correction period: September 16, 100, the polymer is It is selected from the group consisting of polylysine, polyimine, and combinations thereof, wherein the polyamine contains a repeating unit represented by the following Chemical Formula 1, and the polyimine contains a repeating unit represented by the following Chemical Formula 2. [Chemical Formula 1] Ο Ο JJ 1L \ , A HCX> C CODH [Chemical Formula 2] Ο Ο

在化學式1與化學式2中， X1與X2相同或不同，且其各自獨立為衍生自脂環酸二酐或芳香酸二酐的四價有機基。在每一重複單元中，X1 可以相同也可以不同，且在每一重複單元中，X2可以相同也可以不同。 Υ1與Υ2相同或不同，且其各自獨立為衍生自二元胺的二價有機基，且所述二元胺包括以化學式3表示的二元胺或其組合。 13 201231501 38435pif2 修正曰期:刚年10月18日爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本聚合物是選自聚醯胺酸、聚醯亞胺及其組合，其中，聚醯胺酸含有以下列化學式1表示的重複單元，而聚醯亞胺含有以下列化學式2表示的重複單元。 [化學式1]In Chemical Formula 1 and Chemical Formula 2, X1 and X2 are the same or different, and each of them is independently a tetravalent organic group derived from an alicyclic acid dianhydride or an aromatic acid dianhydride. In each repeating unit, X1 may be the same or different, and in each repeating unit, X2 may be the same or different. Υ1 is the same as or different from Υ2, and each of them is independently a divalent organic group derived from a diamine, and the diamine includes a diamine represented by Chemical Formula 3 or a combination thereof. 13 201231501 38435pif2 Correction period: October 18th is the 100th specification of Chinese version without scribe correction. The polymer is selected from the group consisting of polylysine, polyimine and combinations thereof, wherein polyamine contains the following The repeating unit represented by Chemical Formula 1 is contained, and the polyimine contains a repeating unit represented by the following Chemical Formula 2. [Chemical Formula 1]

[化學式2][Chemical Formula 2]

在化學式1與化學式2中， X1與X2相同或不同，且其各自獨立為衍生自脂環酸二酐或芳香酸二酐的四價有機基。在每一重複單元中，X1 可以相同也可以不同，且在每一重複單元中，X2可以相同也可以不同。 Y1與Y2相同或不同，且其各自獨立為衍生自二元胺的二價有機基，且所述二元胺包括以化學式3表示的二元胺或其組合。 13 201231501 38435pifl 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正日期:l〇〇年9月16日 [化學式3]In Chemical Formula 1 and Chemical Formula 2, X1 and X2 are the same or different, and each of them is independently a tetravalent organic group derived from an alicyclic acid dianhydride or an aromatic acid dianhydride. In each repeating unit, X1 may be the same or different, and in each repeating unit, X2 may be the same or different. Y1 is the same as or different from Y2, and each of them is independently a divalent organic group derived from a diamine, and the diamine includes a diamine represented by Chemical Formula 3 or a combination thereof. 13 201231501 38435pifl For the Chinese manual No. 100125153, there is no slash correction. The date of this amendment is: September 16, 2010 [Chemical Formula 3]

在化學式3中，A1是單鍵或C1至C2伸烷基， A2是經取代或未經取代的C1至C30伸烷基，或至少一個-CH2-基團被-0-、-ooc-、-COO-、-OCOO-、-NHCO-、 -CONH-或-CO-獨立取代的C1至C10伸烷基， A3 是單鍵、Ο、S〇2 或 C(R103)(R104)，其中 R103 與 Ri〇4 相同或不同’且各自獨立為氫或經取代或未經取代的Cl 至C6烷基， R1至R4相同或不同，且其各自獨立為氫、經取代或未經取代的C1至C30烷基、經取代或未經取代的C6至 C30芳基、或經取代或未經取代的C2至C30雜芳基， R5是經取代或未經取代的C1至C30伸烷基，或至少一個-CH2-基 81 被-CO-、-CO-0-、-NW…NWCO-、-CO-NW-或-CH=CH-獨立取代的C1至C30伸烷基，其中w是氫或 C1至C10烧基’且&中的〇在&中不形成鍵結，也不和與Rs相連的Ο形成鍵結， Qi、Q2與Q3各自獨立為氫或鹵素，且 η是從2到4的整數。在上述化學式3中，當！！為2以上，液晶配向劑可改 14 201231501 38435pif2 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本 [化學式3]In Chemical Formula 3, A1 is a single bond or a C1 to C2 alkylene group, A2 is a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C30 alkylene group, or at least one -CH2- group is -0-, -ooc-, -COO-, -OCOO-, -NHCO-, -CONH- or -CO- independently substituted C1 to C10 alkylene, A3 is a single bond, hydrazine, S〇2 or C(R103)(R104), of which R103 Same or different from Ri〇4 and each independently hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted Cl to C6 alkyl, R1 to R4 are the same or different, and each independently is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1 to a C30 alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted C6 to C30 aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted C2 to C30 heteroaryl group, R5 is a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C30 alkylene group, or at least a C1 to C30 alkyl group independently substituted by -CO-, -CO-0-, -NW...NWCO-, -CO-NW- or -CH=CH-, wherein w is hydrogen or C1 The ruthenium to the C10 alkyl group and the & does not form a bond in & and does not form a bond with the ruthenium attached to Rs, Qi, Q2 and Q3 are each independently hydrogen or halogen, and η is from 2 to An integer of 4. In the above chemical formula 3, when! ! For 2 or more, the liquid crystal alignment agent can be changed. 14 201231501 38435pif2 is the 100125125 Chinese manual without a slash correction [Chemical Formula 3]

修正曰期··年關U日在化學式3中’ A1是單鍵或C1至C2伸烷基， A2是經取代或未經取代的C1至C30伸烷基，或至少一個-CH2-基團被-0-、-〇〇c_' _C00…0C00_、NHC〇、 -CONH-或-CO-獨立取代的ci至CIO伸烧基， A 疋單鍵、Ο、S02 或 C(R103)(R104) ’ 其中 ri〇3 與 ri〇4 相同或不同，且各自獨立為氫或經取代或未經取代的C1 至C6烷基， R至R相同或不同，且其各自獨立為氫、經取代或未經取代的C1至C30烷基、經取代或未經取代的C6至 C30芳基、或經取代或未經取代的C2至c3〇雜芳基， r5是經取代或未經取代的C1至C30伸烷基，或至少一個-CH2-基團被-CO-、_c〇-0-、-NW-、-NWCO-、-CO-NW-或-CH=CH-獨立取代的C1至〇30伸烷基，其中w是氫或 C1至C10烷基，且中的〇在&中不形成_〇_〇鍵結，也不和與R5相連的〇形成鍵結， Q1、Q2與Q3各自獨立為氫或鹵素，且 η是從2到4的整數。在上述化學式3中，當η為2以上，液晶配向劑可改 14 201231501 38435pifl 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正曰期:100年9月16日善光反應性，且因此使光配向能在低能量達成，並且維持優良的垂直配向以及形成優良的紋理。另外，藉由其增強的光反應性，液晶配向劑可改善靈敏度，且避免操作過程中的發光差異。二元胺可包括單獨由上述化學式3表示的二元胺，或者為混合物（其由上述化學式3表示的二元胺以及下列化學式4表示的二元胺或其組合混合而成）。Amendment to the 曰期··年年 U日 In Chemical Formula 3 'A1 is a single bond or a C1 to C2 alkylene group, A2 is a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C30 alkylene group, or at least one -CH2- group is -0-, -〇〇c_' _C00...0C00_, NHC〇, -CONH- or -CO- independently substituted ci to CIO stretching group, A 疋 single bond, Ο, S02 or C(R103)(R104) ' Wherein ri〇3 is the same as or different from ri〇4, and each independently is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C6 alkyl, R to R are the same or different, and each independently is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted Substituted C1 to C30 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C6 to C30 aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted C2 to c3 heteroaryl, r5 is substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C30 Alkyl, or at least one -CH2- group independently substituted by -CO-, _c〇-0-, -NW-, -NWCO-, -CO-NW- or -CH=CH-, C1 to 〇30 a group, wherein w is hydrogen or a C1 to C10 alkyl group, and the ruthenium in the < does not form a _〇_〇 bond, and does not form a bond with the ruthenium attached to R5, and Q1, Q2 and Q3 are each independently Hydrogen or halogen, and η is an integer from 2 to 4. In the above Chemical Formula 3, when η is 2 or more, the liquid crystal alignment agent can be changed to 14 201231501 38435pifl is the 100125153 Chinese specification without a sizing correction. The correction period: September 16th, 100th, good light reactivity, and thus light alignment Can be achieved at low energy, and maintain excellent vertical alignment and form excellent texture. In addition, by virtue of its enhanced photoreactivity, the liquid crystal alignment agent can improve sensitivity and avoid luminescence differences during operation. The diamine may include a diamine represented by the above Chemical Formula 3 alone, or a mixture (which is a mixture of the diamine represented by the above Chemical Formula 3 and the diamine represented by the following Chemical Formula 4 or a combination thereof).

在化學式4中， A1是單鍵或C1至C2伸烷基，〇 A2是經取代或未經取代的C1至C30伸烷基，或至少一個-CH2-基團被-0-、-00C_、-COO-、-OCOO-、-NHCO-、 -CONH-或-CO-獨立取代的Cl至CIO伸烷基。 A3 是單鍵、◦、S02 或 C(Rl〇3)(Rl〇4)，其中 Rl〇3 與 Rl〇4 相同或不同，且各自獨立為氫或經取代或未經取代的Cl 至C6烷基， R1至R4相同或不同，且其各自獨立為氫、經取代或未經取代的C1至C30烷基、經取代或未經取代的C6至 C30芳基或經取代或未經取代的C2至C30雜芳基’ 15 201231501 38435pif2 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正日期:則年10月18日善光反應性，且因此使光配向能在低能量達成，並且維持優良的垂直配向以及形成優良的紋理。另外，藉由其增強的光反應性，液晶配向劑可改善靈敏度，且避免操作過程中的發光差異。二元胺可包括單獨由上述化學式3表示的二元胺，或者為混合物（其由上述化學式3表示的二元胺以及下列化學式4表示的二元胺或其組合混合而成）。 [化學式4]In Chemical Formula 4, A1 is a single bond or a C1 to C2 alkylene group, 〇A2 is a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C30 alkylene group, or at least one -CH2- group is -0-, -00C_, -COO-, -OCOO-, -NHCO-, -CONH- or -CO- independently substituted Cl to CIO alkylene. A3 is a single bond, hydrazine, S02 or C(Rl〇3) (Rl〇4), wherein R1〇3 is the same or different from R1〇4, and each independently is hydrogen or a substituted or unsubstituted Cl to C6 alkane R1 to R4 are the same or different and each independently is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C30 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C6 to C30 aryl or substituted or unsubstituted C2 To C30 Heteroaryl ' 15 201231501 38435pif2 is No. 100125153 Chinese specification without slash correction This revision date: October 18th, good light reactivity, and therefore light alignment can be achieved at low energy, and maintain excellent vertical alignment And form an excellent texture. In addition, by virtue of its enhanced photoreactivity, the liquid crystal alignment agent can improve sensitivity and avoid luminescence differences during operation. The diamine may include a diamine represented by the above Chemical Formula 3 alone, or a mixture (which is a mixture of the diamine represented by the above Chemical Formula 3 and the diamine represented by the following Chemical Formula 4 or a combination thereof). [Chemical Formula 4]

在化學式4中， A1是單鍵或C1至C2伸烷基， A2是經取代或未經取代的C1至C3〇伸烷基，或至少一個-CH2-基團被-〇-、_〇〇C-、_c〇〇-、-OCOO-、-NHCO-、 -CONH-或-CO-獨立取代的C1至ci〇伸烷基。 A3 是單鍵、〇、S〇2 或 c(Ri〇3)(Ri〇4)，其中—與— 相同或不同’且各自獨立為氫或經取代或未經取代的C1 至C6烧基， Rl至r4相同或不同，且其各自獨立為氫、經取代或未經取代的C1至C3〇烷基、經取代或未經取代的至 C30芳基或經取代或未經取代的C2至C3〇雜芳基， 15 201231501 38435pifl 修正日期:100年9月16日爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本 R5是環狀或未經取代的C1至C3〇伸烷基，或至少一個-CH2-基團被-CO-、-C〇-〇_、_NW-、-NWCO_、_C(XNTW- 或-CH=CH-獨立取代的Cl至C30伸烷基，其中w是氫或 C1至C10烷基’且Rs中的〇在尺5中不形成_〇_〇_鍵結，也不和與R5相連的Ο形成鍵結，且 Q1、Q2以及Q3各自獨立為氫或鹵素。以二元胺的總量計，二元胺可包括20莫耳％到90莫耳％以化學式3表示的二元胺以及1〇莫耳％到8〇莫耳％以化學式4表示的二元胺。例如，可包含20莫耳％到50 莫耳％以化學式3表示的二元胺以及可包含50莫耳％到 80莫耳％以化學式4表示的二元胺。當以上述的含量使用化學式3表示的二元胺和化學式4表示的二元胺時，可改善光反應性，在膜上可展現均勻的反應性’且因此可提供具有優秀配向性質和可靠度的配向膜。以化學式3表示的二元胺可以是（但不限於）以下列化學式5表示的二元胺。 16 201231501 38435pif2 修正日期:1〇〇年10月18日爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修 R疋環狀或未經取代的C1至C30伸垸基，或至少一個-CH2-基團被-CO-、-CO-0-、_NW-、-NWCO-、-CO-NW-或-CH=CH-獨立取代的C1至C3〇伸烷基，其中w是氫或 C1至CIO烷基’且Rs中的〇在&中不形成鍵結，也不和與I相連的〇形成_〇·〇_鍵結，且 Q1、Q2以及Q3各自獨立為氫或鹵素。以一元胺的總量計，二元胺可包括2〇莫耳％到9〇莫耳％以化學式3表示的二元胺以及1〇莫耳％到8〇莫耳％以化學式4表示的—元胺。例如，可包含2〇莫耳％到5〇莫耳％以化學式3表示的二元胺以及可包含5〇莫耳％到 80莫耳％以化學式4表示的二元胺。當以上述的含量使用化學式3表示的二元胺和化學式4表示的二元胺時，可改善光反應性，在膜上可展現均勻的反應性，且因此可提供具有優秀配向性質和可靠度的配向膜。以化學式3表示的二元胺可以是（但不限於）以下列化學式5表示的二元胺。 16 201231501 38435pifl 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正曰期:丨〇〇年9月仰 [化學式5]In Chemical Formula 4, A1 is a single bond or a C1 to C2 alkylene group, A2 is a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C3 alkylene group, or at least one -CH2- group is -〇-, _〇〇 C-, _CO-, -OCOO-, -NHCO-, -CONH- or -CO- independently substituted C1 to ci alkyl. A3 is a single bond, 〇, S〇2 or c(Ri〇3)(Ri〇4), wherein - is the same as or different from - and each independently is hydrogen or a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C6 alkyl group, R1 to r4 are the same or different and each independently is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C3 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted to C30 aryl or substituted or unsubstituted C2 to C3 Doped aryl, 15 201231501 38435pifl Revision date: September 16, 100 is the 100125153 Chinese specification without a slash correction. R5 is a cyclic or unsubstituted C1 to C3 alkyl, or at least one -CH2 a group of -CO-, -C〇-〇_, _NW-, -NWCO_, _C (XNTW- or -CH=CH- independently substituted Cl to C30 alkyl, wherein w is hydrogen or C1 to C10 alkane The ruthenium in the radical 'and Rs does not form a _〇_〇_ bond in the rule 5, and does not form a bond with the ruthenium attached to R5, and each of Q1, Q2 and Q3 is independently hydrogen or halogen. The diamine may include 20 mol% to 90 mol% of the diamine represented by Chemical Formula 3 and 1 mol% to 8 mol% of the diamine represented by Chemical Formula 4. For example, Can contain 20 Molar% to 50% by mole of the diamine represented by Chemical Formula 3 and may contain 50% by mole to 80% by mole of the diamine represented by Chemical Formula 4. When the above-described content is used, the diamine represented by Chemical Formula 3 is used. When the diamine represented by Chemical Formula 4 is used, the photoreactivity can be improved, and uniform reactivity can be exhibited on the film', and thus an alignment film having excellent alignment properties and reliability can be provided. The diamine represented by Chemical Formula 3 can be used. It is (but not limited to) a diamine represented by the following Chemical Formula 5. 16 201231501 38435pif2 Revision date: October 18, 2010 is No. 100125153 Chinese specification No underline repair R疋 ring or unsubstituted C1 C1 to C3 至 independently substituted to C30, or at least one -CH2- group independently substituted by -CO-, -CO-0-, _NW-, -NWCO-, -CO-NW- or -CH=CH- An alkyl group, wherein w is hydrogen or a C1 to CIO alkyl group and the ruthenium in Rs does not form a bond in & and does not form a 〇〇〇 bond with 〇, and Q1, Q2 And Q3 is each independently hydrogen or halogen. The diamine may include from 2% by mole to 9% by mole based on the total amount of the monoamine. The diamine represented by 3 and the monohydric amine represented by Chemical Formula 4, for example, may contain 2 〇 mol% to 5 〇 mol% of the diamine represented by Chemical Formula 3. And a diamine which may be represented by the chemical formula 4 in an amount of from 5 to 80 mol%. When the diamine represented by Chemical Formula 3 and the diamine represented by Chemical Formula 4 are used in the above content, the photoreactivity is improved. It exhibits uniform reactivity on the film, and thus can provide an alignment film having excellent alignment properties and reliability. The diamine represented by Chemical Formula 3 may be, but not limited to, a diamine represented by the following Chemical Formula 5. 16 201231501 38435pifl The Chinese manual for the 100125153 is not underlined. The revised period: September of the following year [Chemical Formula 5]

在化學式5中， Ο Α21 是-0-、-OOC-或-coo-， R11至R14相同或不同，且其各自獨未經取代的C1至C10烷基， ‘、、、氣或經取代或 nl是從2到4的整數，且 n2是從0到2的整數。液晶配向劑除了包括聚合物，還可4 ☆、加物。下文詳細描述各成份。匕’合劑或其他添聚合物〇 ^^合物疋感光ί^合物’包括聚酿胺峻、，組合，其中聚醯胺酸包括以化學式丨表厂、象醯亞胺或其聚醯亞胺包括以化學式2表示的重複單$的重複單元’而聚合物是以非等向性的方式執行例如光致同分異構化（photo isomerization)、光致父聯（ph〇t〇 cr〇ss linking ) 或與其類似的反應來形成。因此聚合物的表面出現非等向性，以在一方向上導引液晶分子。聚醯胺酸（其包括以化學式丨表示的重複單元）可由酸二針、以化學式3表不的二元胺及/或以化學式4表示 17 201231501 38435pif2 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正日期·年1Q月18日 [化學式5]In Chemical Formula 5, Ο 21 is -0-, -OOC- or -coo-, R11 to R14 are the same or different, and each of them is independently unsubstituted C1 to C10 alkyl, ', , , or substituted or Nl is an integer from 2 to 4, and n2 is an integer from 0 to 2. In addition to the polymer, the liquid crystal alignment agent can also be added. The ingredients are described in detail below.匕 'mixture or other additive polymer 〇 ^ ^ 疋 ί ί ί ' 包括包括包括包括包括包括包括包括包括包括包括包括包括包括包括包括包括包括包括包括包括包括包括包括包括包括包括包括包括包括包括包括包括包括包括包括包括包括The amine includes a repeating unit of repeating unit number represented by Chemical Formula 2, and the polymer is carried out in an anisotropic manner such as photo isomerization, photo-affinity (ph〇t〇cr〇) Ss linking ) or a similar reaction to form. Therefore, the surface of the polymer is anisotropic to guide the liquid crystal molecules in one direction. Poly-proline (which includes a repeating unit represented by the formula )) may be an acid-based two-needle, a diamine represented by the chemical formula 3, and/or represented by the chemical formula: 17 201231501 38435pif2 is the Chinese specification of the No. 100125153. Revision date · Year 1Q18 [Chemical Formula 5]

在化學式5中， A21 是-Ο-、-OOC-或-COO-， R11至R14相同或不同，且其各自獨立為氫或經取代或未經取代的.C1至C10烷基， nl是從2到4的整數，且 n2是從〇到2的整數。液晶配向劑除了包括聚合物，還可包括溶劑或其他添加物。下文詳細描述各成份。聚合物聚合物是感光聚合物’包括聚醯胺酸、聚醯亞胺或其 la合’其中聚醯胺酸包括以化學式1表示的重複單元，而聚醯亞胺包括以化學式2表示的重複單元。聚合物是以非等向性的方式執行例如光致同分異構化（photo-isomerization)、光致交聯（ph〇t〇-cross linking) 或與其類似的反應來形成。因此聚合物的表面出現非等向性’以在一方向上導引液晶分子。聚醯胺酸（其包括以化學式1表示的重複單元）可由醆二酐、以化學式3表示的二元胺及/或以化學式4表示 17 201231501 38435pifl 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正日期:刚年9月16日的二元胺來合成。使酸二酐、以化學式3表示的二元胺及 /或以化學式4表示的二元胺經受共聚反應以製備聚醯胺酸的方法可包括任何習知的用以合成聚醯胺酸的方法。聚酸亞胺（包括以化學式2表示的重複單元）可由酸一針、以化學式3表示的二元胺及/或以化學式4表示的二元胺來合成。使酸二酐、以化學式3表示的二元胺及/ 或以化學式4表示的二元胺經受共聚反應和醯亞胺化 (imidizing )以提供聚醯亞胺的方法是本技術領域的通常知識’故省略其詳細說明。酸一酐可包括脂環酸二酐、芳香酸二酐或其混合物。脂環酸二酐可包括（但不限於）1，2, 3, 4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐（l，2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid dianhydride ; CBDA)、5-(2,5-二氧四氫呋喃基）-3-曱基環己烯 -1,2- 二羧酸酐 (5-(2,5-dioxotetrahydropuryl)-3-methylcyclohexene-l,2-dic arboxylic acid anhydride，DOCDA)、二環辛浠-2, 3, 5, 6-四羧酸二針（bicyclooctene-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride ; BODA )、1，2, 3, 4-環戊烧四羧酸二酐 (1,2,3,4-cyclopentanetetracarboxylic acid dianhydride ； CPDA ) 、 1,2,4,5-環己烷四羧酸二酐 (1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic acid dianhydride ； CHDA )、1, 2, 4-三羧基-3-曱基羧基環戊烷二酐 ( l,2,4-tricarboxyl-3-methylcarboxyl cyclopentane dianhydride )、1, 2, 3, 4-四叛基環戊烧二酐 18 201231501 38435pi£2 修正曰期:1〇〇年10月18日爲第100125153號中文麵書_線修正本的-兀fee來合成。使酸二酐、以化學式3表示的二元胺及 /或以化學式4表7F的二元胺較共聚反應以製備聚醯胺酸的方法可包括任何習知的用以合成聚醯胺酸的方法。聚酿亞胺（包括以化學式2表示的重複單元）可由酸 •^酐、以化學式3表示的二元胺及/或以化學式4表示的二元胺來合成。使酸二酐、以化學式3表示的二元胺及/ 或以化學式4表示的二元胺經受共聚反應和醯亞胺化 (lmidizing )以提供聚醯亞胺的方法是本技術領域的通常知識’故省略其詳細說明。酸二酐可包括脂環酸二酐'芳香酸二酐或其混合物。脂環酸二酐可包括（但不限於）丨，2, 3, 4-環丁烷四羧西夂一肝（！，2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid dianhydride ; CBDA)、5-(2,5-二氧四氫呋喃基）-3-曱基環己烯 -1，2- 二羧酸酐 (5-(2,5-dioxotetrahydropuryl)-3-methylcyclohexene-1,2-dic arboxylic acid anhydride, DOCDA)、二環辛烯-2, 3, 5, 6-四魏酸二酐（bicyclooctene-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride ; BODA ) ' 1，2, 3, 4-環戊烧四羧酸二酐 (1,2,3,4-cyclopentanetetracarboxylic acid dianhydride ; CPDA ) 、 1，2,4,5-環己烷四羧酸二酐 (1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic acid dianhydride ; CHDA )、1, 2, 4-三羧基-3-曱基羧基環戊烷二酐 ( l,2,4-tricarboxyl-3-methylcarboxyl cyclopentane dianhydride )、1, 2, 3,4-四叛基環戊烧二針 Ο 18 201231501 38435pifl 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正日— 100年9月16日 (1,2,3,4-tetracarboxyl cyclopentane dianhydride)、4, 10-二氧基-三環[6.3.1·02’7]十二烷-3,5,9,11-四酮 (4,10-dioxy-tricyclo[6.3.1.02,7]dodecane-3,5,9,ll-tetraone) 或其混合物。衍生自脂環酸二酐的四價有機基，可包括（但不限於）至少一個以下列化學式9至化學式14表示的官能基。In Chemical Formula 5, A21 is -Ο-, -OOC- or -COO-, and R11 to R14 are the same or different, and each of them is independently hydrogen or a substituted or unsubstituted .C1 to C10 alkyl group, nl is from An integer from 2 to 4, and n2 is an integer from 〇 to 2. The liquid crystal aligning agent may include a solvent or other additives in addition to the polymer. The ingredients are described in detail below. The polymer polymer is a photopolymer 'including polylysine, polyimine or its la', wherein the polyamine includes a repeating unit represented by Chemical Formula 1, and the polyimine includes a repeat represented by Chemical Formula 2. unit. The polymer is formed in an anisotropic manner such as photo-isomerization, ph〇t〇-cross linking or a reaction similar thereto. Therefore, the surface of the polymer exhibits an anisotropy to direct liquid crystal molecules in one direction. Polyammonic acid (which includes a repeating unit represented by Chemical Formula 1) may be modified by a phthalic anhydride, a diamine represented by Chemical Formula 3, and/or represented by Chemical Formula No. 17 201231501 38435pifl No. 100125153 Date: The diamine was synthesized on September 16th. The method of subjecting an acid dianhydride, a diamine represented by Chemical Formula 3, and/or a diamine represented by Chemical Formula 4 to a copolymerization reaction to prepare a polyproline may include any conventional method for synthesizing polyglycine . The polyimine (including a repeating unit represented by Chemical Formula 2) can be synthesized from an acid-based one, a diamine represented by Chemical Formula 3, and/or a diamine represented by Chemical Formula 4. It is a common knowledge in the art to subject an acid dianhydride, a diamine represented by Chemical Formula 3, and/or a diamine represented by Chemical Formula 4 to a copolymerization reaction and imidizing to provide a polyimine. 'The detailed description is omitted. The acid monoanhydride may include an alicyclic acid dianhydride, an aromatic acid dianhydride or a mixture thereof. Alicyclic acid dianhydrides may include, but are not limited to, 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid dianhydride; CBDA, 5-(2,5) -2-dioxotetrahydropuryl-3-methylcyclohexene-l, 2-dic arboxylic acid anhydride, DOCDA, Bicyclooctene-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride; BODA, 1,2,3,4-cyclopentanetetracarboxylic acid Anhydride (1,2,3,4-cyclopentanetetracarboxylic acid dianhydride ; CPDA ) , 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic acid dianhydride (CHDA ), 1 , 2,4-tricarboxyl-3-methylcarboxyl cyclopentane dianhydride, 1, 2, 3, 4-tetraoxacyclopentane dianhydride 18 201231501 38435pi£2 Correction period: October 18th of the following year is the 100th Chinese version of the 100125153 Chinese version of the _ line revision - 兀fee to synthesize. The method for preparing the polyamic acid by synthesizing the acid dianhydride, the diamine represented by the chemical formula 3, and/or the diamine of the formula 4F of the formula 4 to form the polyproline may include any of the conventional methods for synthesizing polylysine. method. The brewenium (including a repeating unit represented by Chemical Formula 2) can be synthesized from an acid anhydride, a diamine represented by Chemical Formula 3, and/or a diamine represented by Chemical Formula 4. It is a common knowledge in the art to subject an acid dianhydride, a diamine represented by Chemical Formula 3, and/or a diamine represented by Chemical Formula 4 to a copolymerization reaction and lmidizing to provide a polyimine. 'The detailed description is omitted. The acid dianhydride may include an alicyclic acid dianhydride 'aromatic acid dianhydride or a mixture thereof. Alicyclic acid dianhydrides may include, but are not limited to, guanidine, 2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid dianhydride; CBDA, 5-(2, 5-(2,5-dioxotetrahydropuryl-3-methylcyclohexene-1,2-dic arboxylic acid anhydride, DOCDA), 5-dioxotetrahydropuryl-3-methylcyclohexene-1, Bicyclooctene-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride ; BODA ) 1,2, 3, 4-cyclopentanetetracarboxylic acid Dihydroanhydride (1,2,3,4-cyclopentanetetracarboxylic acid dianhydride; CPDA), 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic acid dianhydride (CHDA), 1,2,4-tricarboxyl-3-methylcarboxyl cyclopentane dianhydride (1,2,4-tricarboxyl-3-methylcarboxyl cyclopentane dianhydride ), 1, 2, 3,4-tetrasylcyclopentane Acupuncture 18 201231501 38435pifl is the Chinese manual of No. 100125153 without a slash correction. This correction date - September 16, 100 (1, 2, 3, 4-tetracarboxyl cyclopentane dianhydride), 4, 10-dioxy-tricyclic [ 6.3.1·02'7]Dodecane-3, 5,9,11-tetraone (4,10-dioxy-tricyclo[6.3.1.02,7]dodecane-3,5,9,ll-tetraone) or a mixture thereof. The tetravalent organic group derived from the alicyclic acid dianhydride may include, but is not limited to, at least one functional group represented by the following Chemical Formula 9 to Chemical Formula 14.

[化學式9] *[Chemical Formula 9] *

[化學式10][Chemical Formula 10]

[化學式11] ^26[Chemical Formula 11] ^26

19 201231501 38435pif2 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正日期:卿年10月18日 (1，2,3,4-tetracarboxyl cyclopentane dianhydride)、4, 10-二氧雜-三環[6.3.1.02,7]十二烷-3, 5, 9, 11-四酮 (4,10-dioxa-tricyclo[6.3.1.02,7]dodecane-3,5,9,11 -tetraone ) 或其混合物。衍生自脂環酸二酐的四價有機基，可包括（但不限於）至少一個以下列化學式9至化學式14表示的官能基。 [化學式9] *19 201231501 38435pif2 is the Chinese manual of No. 100125153 without a slash correction. The date of this amendment: October 18 (1, 2, 3, 4-tetracarboxyl cyclopentane dianhydride), 4, 10-dioxa-tricyclic [6.3. 1.02,7]dodecane-3,5,9,11-tetraone (4,10-dioxa-tricyclo[6.3.1.02,7]dodecane-3,5,9,11-tetraone) or a mixture thereof. The tetravalent organic group derived from the alicyclic acid dianhydride may include, but is not limited to, at least one functional group represented by the following Chemical Formula 9 to Chemical Formula 14. [Chemical Formula 9] *

(R25)n3 [化學式10](R25)n3 [Chemical Formula 10]

[化學式11] ^26[Chemical Formula 11] ^26

19 ^27 201231501 38435pifl 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正曰期:100年9月16日 [化學式12] ^2819 ^27 201231501 38435pifl For the Chinese manual No. 100125153, there is no slash correction. The revised period: September 16, 100 [Chemical Formula 12] ^28

[化學式13] 尺29[Chemical Formula 13] Rule 29

[化學式14] ^30 ^31[Chemical Formula 14] ^30 ^31

在化學式9至化學式14中， R25相同或不同，且其各自獨立為經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的芳基或經取代或未經取代的雜芳基， n3是從0到3的整數，且 R26至R33相同或不同，且其各自獨立為氫、經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的芳基、或經取代或 20 201231501 38435pif2 修正曰期:1〇〇年10月18日爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃H丫 [化學式12] R28In Chemical Formula 9 to Chemical Formula 14, R25 is the same or different, and each of them is independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group, n3 Is an integer from 0 to 3, and R26 to R33 are the same or different and each independently is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or 20 201231501 38435pif2 Revision period: October 18th, 1st year, No. 100125153 Chinese manual no H (chemical formula 12) R28

[化學式13] ^29[Chemical Formula 13] ^29

[化學式H] R30 ^31[Chemical Formula H] R30 ^31

R25相同匕㈤其各自獨立為經取代或未經取代基、經取或未經取代的芳基或經取代或未經取代的基， „ θ //Λ Π ill Q AA R25 的烧基雜芳基，叱是從〇到3的整數，且 R26至R33相未經取代的烷基 R26至$31 目、且其各自獨立為氫、經取代或成基k取代或未經取代的芳基、或經取代或 20 201231501 38435pifl 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正日期:100年9月即未經取代的雜芳基。當n3是2以上的整數時，R25可互相相同或互不相同。芳香酸二酐可包括（但不限於）苯均四酸二酐 (pyromellitic acid dianhydride ; PMDA)、聯苯四甲酸二酐 (biphthalic acid dianhydride ; BPDA ) ' 二苯醚二酐 (oxydiphthalic dianhydride ; ODPA)、二苯曱酮四叛酸二酐(benzophenonetetracarboxylic acid dianhydride ； _ BTDA )、六氟亞異丙基二鄰苯二曱酸二酐 C"^ (hexafluoroisopropylidene diphthalic acid dianhydride ; 6-FDA)或其組合。衍生自芳香酸二酐的四價有機基，可包括（但不限於）至少一個以下列化學式15與化學式16表示的官能基。 [化學式15]R25 is the same as 匕(5), each of which is independently substituted or unsubstituted, taken or unsubstituted aryl or substituted or unsubstituted, „ θ //Λ Π ill Q AA R25 a quinone is an integer from 〇 to 3, and the unsubstituted alkyl group R26 to R33 is R26 to $31, and each of them is independently hydrogen, substituted or substituted k or unsubstituted aryl, or Substituted or 20 201231501 38435pifl is the Chinese specification of No. 100125153 without a slash correction. Amendment date: Unsubstituted heteroaryl in September, 100. When n3 is an integer of 2 or more, R25 may be identical or different from each other. Aromatic dianhydrides may include, but are not limited to, pyromellitic acid dianhydride (PMDA), biphthalic acid dianhydride (BPDA), oxydiphthalic dianhydride (ODPA). , benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride ( BTDA ), hexafluoroisopropylidene diphthalic acid dianhydride ( 6-FDA) or its group The tetravalent organic group derived from the aromatic dianhydride may include, but is not limited to, at least one functional group represented by the following Chemical Formula 15 and Chemical Formula 16. [Chemical Formula 15]

R34R34

R35 [化學式16]R35 [Chemical Formula 16]

(^37)η5(^37)η5

21 201231501 38435pif2 修正日期:丨〇〇年10月18日爲第100125153號中文說明書無畫[[線修正本未經取代的雜芳基。當Π3是2以上的整數時，R25可互相相同或互不相同。芳香酸二酐可包括（但不限於）笨均四酸二酐 (pyromellitic acid dianhydride ; PMDA)、聯苯四曱酸二針 (biphthalic acid dianhydride ; BPDA )、二苯鱗二野 (oxydiphthalic dianhydride ; ODPA)、二苯曱酮四緩酸二酐(benzophenonetetracarboxylic acid dianhydride ； BTDA )、六氟亞異丙基二鄰苯二曱酸二酐 (hexafluoroisopropylidene diphthalic acid dianhydride ；21 201231501 38435pif2 Revision date: October 18th of the following year No. 100125153 Chinese manual no picture [[line correction of unsubstituted heteroaryl. When Π3 is an integer of 2 or more, R25 may be identical to each other or different from each other. Aromatic dianhydrides may include, but are not limited to, pyromellitic acid dianhydride (PMDA), biphthalic acid dianhydride (BPDA), oxydiphthalic dianhydride (ODPA). ), benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride (BTDA), hexafluoroisopropylidene diphthalic acid dianhydride (hexafluoroisopropylidene diphthalic acid dianhydride;

6-FDA)或其組合。衍生自芳香酸二酐的四價有機基’可包括（但不限於）至少一個以下列化學式15與化學式16表示的官能基。 [化學式15]6-FDA) or a combination thereof. The tetravalent organic group derived from the aromatic dianhydride may include, but is not limited to, at least one functional group represented by the following Chemical Formula 15 and Chemical Formula 16. [Chemical Formula 15]

[化學式16][Chemical Formula 16]

21 201231501 38435pifl 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正日期:10〇年9月16日在化學式15與化學式16中， R34與R35相同或不同，且其各自獨立為氫、經取代或未經取代的烷基'經取代或未經取代的芳基、或經取代或未經取代的雜芳基， R36與R37相同或不同，且其各自獨立為經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的芳基、或經取代或未經取代的雜芳基，叫與n5分別是從〇到3的整數，且是單鍵、〇、CO、經取代或未經取代的C1至C6 伸燒基（例如C(CF3)2)、經取代或未經取代的C3至C30 環伸烷基、或經取代或未經取代的C2至C30雜環伸烷基。當是2以上的整數時’R36可互相相同或互不相同。當叱是2以上的整數時，R37可互相相同或互不相同。聚醯胺酸和聚醯亞胺可具有50, 000到500, 〇〇〇的重量平均分子量。當聚醯胺酸和聚醯亞胺的重量平均分子量落於此範圍時’可有效地改善溶解度、熱穩定性以及化學抗性’並且維持適當的黏滞度，以便容易地提供優越的可印性（printability )和均勻的膜。當液晶配向劑同時包括聚醯胺酸和聚酿亞胺時，聚酿胺酸和聚醯亞胺的重量比例可為1 : 99到50 : 50。當聚酿胺酸和聚醯亞胺的重量比例落於此範圍時，可改盖配向穩定性。例如，聚醯胺酸和聚酿亞胺的重量比例可為1〇 : go 到 50 : 50 。液晶配向劑中可包含1重量％到3〇重量％的聚合 22 201231501 38435pif2 爲第腿况53號中文_書無劃線修正本修正師年呻18日在化學式15與化學式16中， ~4與&5相同或不同’且其各自獨立為氮、經取未經取代的烧基、經取代或未經取代的芳基、或經一未經取代的雜芳基，式 R36與〜7相同或不㈤’且其各自獨立為經取代或未细取代的烧基、經取代或未經取代的芳基、或經取代或未二取代的雜芳基，％叫與以分別是從〇到3的整數，且 A1是單鍵、〇、C0、經取代或未經取代的C1至c6 伸烷基（例如C(CF3)2)、經取代或未經取代的C3至C3〇環伸烷基、或經取代或未經取代的C2至C3〇雜環伸烷基。一當114是2以上的整數時’ R36可互相相同或互不相同。當ns是2以上的整數時，I7可互相相同或互不相同。曰、，聚醯胺酸和聚醯亞胺可具有5〇,〇〇〇到5〇〇,〇〇〇的重 $平均分子量。當聚醯胺酸和聚醯亞胺的重量平均分子量洛於此範圍時，可有效地改善溶解度、熱穩定性以及化學抗性，並且維持適當的黏滯度，以便容易地提供優越的可印性（printability)和均勻的膜。當液晶配向劑同時包括聚醯胺酸和聚醯亞胺時，聚醯 =酸和聚醯亞胺的重量比例可為n 99到50: 5〇。當聚醯胺酸和聚醯亞胺的重量比例落於此範圍時，可改善配向穩定性。例如，聚醯胺酸和聚醯亞胺的重量比例可為1〇 : 到 50 : 50。 ’ 液晶配向劑中可包含1重量％到別重量％的聚合 Ο 22 201231501 38435pifl 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正日期:1〇〇年9月16日物。當聚合物的量落於此範圍時，可改善可印性以及液晶配向性質。例如，聚合物的量可以是3重量％到20重量％。溶劑液晶配向劑可包括用以溶解聚合物的適當溶劑。藉此，液晶配向劑可具有優良的塗敷性能（spreadability)以及與基板之間的優良黏著性。用以溶解聚合物的溶劑的實例可包括（但不限於）N_ ^ 曱基-2-0比洛咬酮（N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone)、N，N-二曱基乙酸胺（N，N-dimethyl acetamide )、N，N-二甲基曱醯胺 (N，N-dimethyl formamide )、二曱基亞颯（dimethyl sulfoxide )、γ- 丁内醋（γ-butyrolactone )、四氫夫口南 (tetrahydrofuran ; THF )及酚基溶劑（phen〇l_based solvent) ’ 諸如間曱齡（meta cresol)、苯盼（phenol)、鹵代苯盼（halgenated phenol)及其類似物。 /谷劑還可包括2-乙二醇丁醚（2-butyl cellosolve ; 2-BC) ’以改善可印性。以包括2_乙二醇丁醚的溶劑的總 Ο 量計’ 乙二醇丁醚的量可為1至70重量％，例如20至 60重量％乙二醇丁醚。當2-乙二醇丁醚的量落於此範圍時，可易於改善可印性。此外’此溶劑還可包含弱溶劑（p〇〇r s〇lvent )，諸如醇類、酮類、酯類、醚類、烴類或鹵代烴類，只要不使可溶性聚醯亞胺聚合物沈澱即可。塗覆液晶光配向劑時，弱 /谷劑會降低液晶光配向劑的表面能（surface energy )，且改進其塗佈及平坦度。 23 201231501 38435pif2 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正曰期:刚年1〇月18日物。當聚合物的量落於此範圍時，可改善可印性以及液晶配向性質。例如，聚合物的量可以是3重量％到20重量％。溶劑液晶配向劑可包括用以溶解聚合物的適當溶劑。藉此，液晶配向劑可具有優良的塗敷性能（spreadability )以及與基板之間的優良黏著性。用以溶解聚合物的溶劑的實例可包括（但不限於）N-曱基-2-π比口各口定酮（N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone)、Ν，Ν·二曱基乙酿胺（Ν,Ν-dimethyl acetamide )、Ν，Ν-二曱基曱酿胺 (N，N-dimethyl formamide )、二曱基亞石風（dimethyl sulfoxide )、γ- 丁内醋（γ-butyrolactone )、四氫夫喃 (tetrahydrofuran ; THF )及酉分基溶劑（phenol-based solvent) ’ 諸如間曱酚（meta cresol)、苯酚（phenol)、鹵代苯盼（halgenated phenol)及其類似物。溶劑還可包括2-乙二醇丁醚（2-butyl cellosolve ; 2-BC)，以改善可印性。以包括2-乙二醇丁謎的溶劑的總量計，2-乙二醇丁醚的量可為1至70重量％，例如20至 60重量％乙二醇丁醚。當2-乙二醇丁醚的量落於此範圍時，可易於改善可印性。此外’此溶劑還可包含弱溶劑（poor solvent )，諸如醇類、酮類、酯類、醚類、煙類或鹵代烴類，只要不使可溶性聚醯亞胺聚合物沈澱即可。塗覆液晶光配向劑時，弱 >谷劑會降低液晶光配向劑的表面能（SUrfaCe如㈣乂），且改進其塗佈及平坦度。 23 201231501 38435pifl 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正曰期:100年9月16日以溶劑總量計，所包含的弱溶劑的量可為1至90體積％，特別是1至70體積％。弱溶劑可包含曱醇、乙醇、異丙醇、環己醇、乙二醇、丙二醇、1，4-丁二醇、三乙二醇、丙酮、曱乙酮、環己酮、乙酸曱酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、草酸二乙酯、丙二酸酯、 ***、乙二醇單曱醚、乙二醇二曱醚、乙二醇單***、乙二醇苯醚、乙二醇苯甲醚、乙二醇苯***、二乙二醇二曱醚、二乙二醇醚、二乙二醇單曱醚、二乙二醇單***、二乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單***乙酸酯、乙二醇曱醚乙酸酯、乙二醇***乙酸酯、4-羥基-4-曱基-2-戊酮、丙酸2-羥基乙酯、丙酸2-羥基-2-曱基乙酯、乙酸乙氧基乙酯、乙酸羥基乙酯、2-羥基-3-甲基丁酸曱酯、丙酸3-曱氧基曱酯、丙酸3-曱氧基乙酯、丙酸3-乙氧基乙酯、丙酸3-乙氧基甲酯、曱基甲氧基丁醇、乙基甲氧基丁醇、曱基乙氧基丁醇、乙基乙氧基丁醇、四氫呋喃、二氣曱烷、 1,2-二氣乙烧、1,4-二氣丁烧、三氯乙烧、氯苯、鄰二氣苯、己烧、庚烧、辛烧、苯、曱苯、二曱苯或其混合物。在液晶配向劑中溶劑的量不受限制，但液晶配向劑的固體量是從1至30重量％，特別是從3至20重量％。當固體量落於此範圍時，印刷過程中比較不會受到基板表面的污染影響，以維持適當的膜均勻度以及適當的黏滯度，避免印刷過程中因高黏滯度所導致的膜均勻度劣化，因而表現適當的穿透率。其他添加劑 24 201231501 38435pif2 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正日期:100年10月18日以溶劑總量計，所包含的弱溶劑的量可為1至90體積％，特別是1至70體積％。弱溶劑可包含曱醇、乙醇、異丙醇、環己醇、乙二醇、丙二醇、1，4-丁二醇、三乙二醇、丙酮、曱乙酮、環己酮、乙酸曱酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、草酸二乙酯、丙二酸酯、 ***、乙二醇單曱醚、乙二醇二甲醚、乙二醇單***、乙二醇苯醚、乙二醇苯曱醚、乙二醇苯***、二乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇醚、二乙二醇單曱醚、二乙二醇單***、二乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單***乙酸酯、乙二醇曱醚乙酸酯、乙二醇***乙酸酯、4-羥基-4-曱基-2-戊酮、丙酸2-羥基乙酯、丙酸2-羥基-2-甲基乙酯、乙酸乙氧基乙酯、乙酸羥基乙酯、2-羥基-3-曱基丁酸曱酯、丙酸3-曱氧基曱酯、丙酸3-曱氧基乙酯、丙酸3-乙氧基乙酯、丙酸3-乙氧基曱酯、曱基曱氧基丁醇、乙基曱氧基丁醇、曱基乙氧基丁醇、乙基乙氧基丁醇、四氫呋喃、二氣曱烷、 1, 2-二氯乙烷、1，4-二氯丁烷、三氯乙烷、氯苯、鄰二氯苯、己烷、庚烷、辛烷、苯、曱苯、二曱苯或其混合物。在液晶配向劑中溶劑的量不受限制，但液晶配向劑的固體量是從1至30重量％，特別是從3至20重量％。當固體量落於此範圍時，印刷過程中比較不會受到基板表面的污染影響，以維持適當的膜均勻度以及適當的黏滯度，避免印刷過程中因高黏滯度所導致的膜均勻度劣化，因而表現適當的穿透率。其他添加劑 Ο 24 201231501 38435pifl 修正曰期:100年9月16日爲第讓25153號中文醜書細線修正本根據一實施例的液晶配向劑還可包括其他添加劑。其他添加劑可包含環氧化合物。環氧化合物用於改盖可靠度以及故特徵，其包含至少_種具有2則個魏基（例如，2到4個環氧官能基）的環氧化合物。以100重量份（Parts by weight)的聚合物計，所包含的環氧化合物可為〇· 1到5〇重量份，例如丨到3〇重量份。當所包含的環氧化合物的量落於此範圍時，可在塗佈於基板的過程中提供適當的可印性以及平坦度，且可易於改善可靠度和光電性質。環氧化合物的實例可包括（但不限於）：N，N，N，，N，_四縮水甘油基-4,4,-二胺基苯曱烷 (N,N,N',N'-tetraglycidyl-4,4'-diaminophenylmethane ； TGDDM)、N，N,N’，N’-四縮水甘油基-4, 4’ -二胺基苯乙烷、凡1^，]^’，1^-四縮水甘油基-4,4，-二胺基苯丙烷、；^，：^，冲，：^’-四縮水甘油基-4, 4,-二胺基苯丁烷、Ν,Ν,Ν’,Ν，-四縮水甘油基-4, 4’ -二胺基苯、乙二醇二縮水甘油基醚 (ethyleneglycoldiglycidylether )、聚乙二醇二縮水甘油基醚、丙二醇二縮水甘油基醚、三丙二醇二縮水甘油基醚、聚丙二醇二縮水甘油基醚、新戊二醇二縮水甘油基醚、1，6-己二醇二縮水甘油基醚、甘油二縮水甘油基醚 (glycerinediglycidylether)、2, 2-二漠新戊二醇二縮水甘油基醚、1，3,5,6-四縮水甘油基-2,4-己二醇、凡风：^，,：^，-四縮水甘油基-1，4-苯二胺、Ν,Ν,Ν',Ν'-四縮水甘油基-間-二曱苯二胺、凡况；^，；^，-四縮水甘油基-2,2’-二甲基-4,4’- 25 201231501 38435pif2 修正日期·年10月18日爲第100125丨53號中文每日日银“ 十乂Λ明書無劃線修正本，據-實施例陳晶配向誠可包括其他添加劑。 /、他添加劑可包含環氧化合物。環氧化合可靠度以及光電牲料^..χ^ 用力改善罨4徵，其包含至少一種具有2到8個環氣基（例如’ 2到4個環氧官能基）的環氧化合物。 ^，100重I份（Parts by weight)的聚合物計，所包含的環氧化合物可為◦. 1到50重量份，例如1到3〇重量份。當所包含的環氧化合物的量級此範圍時，可在塗佈於基板的過程中提供適當的可印性以及平坦度，且可易於改善可靠度和光電性質。壤氧化合物的實例可包括（但不限於）：N，N，N，,N'-四縮水甘油基-4,4，-二胺基苯甲烷 (N，N，N，N -tetraglycidyl-V-diaminophenylmethane ； TGDDM)、N，N，N’，N，-四縮水甘油基-4, 4,-二胺基苯乙烷、凡队:^^-四縮水甘油基-‘^’—二胺基苯丙烷〜^^以匕四縮水甘油基-4, 4，-二胺基苯丁烷、N，n，N，，N，-四縮水甘油基-4, 4’ -二胺基苯、乙二醇二縮水甘油基醚 (ethyleneglycoldiglycidylether )、聚乙二醇二縮水甘油基 _、丙二醇二縮水甘油基ϋ、三丙二醇二縮水甘油基醚、 t丙一醇二縮水甘油基醚、新戊二醇二縮水甘油基謎、1，6-己二醇二縮水甘油基醚、.甘油二縮水甘油基醚 (glycerinediglycidylether )、2，2 -二溴新戊二醇二縮水甘油基醚、1，3, 5, 6-四縮水甘油基-2, 4-己二醇、N，N，N，，N'-四縮水甘油基-1，4-苯二胺、N,N,N，，N，-四縮水甘油基-間-二甲苯二胺、凡凡：^，：^-四縮水甘油基_2,2，-二甲基-4,4，- 25 201231501 38435pifl 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修丨 / 修正曰期:100年9月16日二胺基聯苯、2,2-雙[4-(ΝΝ_έί1ί1^，丄 w ^ 难水甘油基—4, 4 -二胺基二苯某甲H3-雙(N，N-二縮水甘油基）環己燒、ι>3—雙(nn_ 二縮水甘祕絲及其類似物。，另外’為了改善可印性，添加劑還可另外包括適當的介面活性劑或麵合劑。可利用液晶配向劑獲得液晶配向膜。上來機溶劑中的液晶配向劑塗佈在基板上來衣&液+日日配向膜。可使用如旋塗、柔版印刷（fiex〇 mg、贺墨印刷或與其類似的方法來將液晶配向劑塗佈在基板上。柔版印刷可達到優越的膜均勻度，且可易於形成較大的液晶光配向膜。基板沒有特殊限制，只要透明即可，其可包括玻璃基板f塑膠基板（諸如丙烯酸基板或聚碳酸S旨基板）。另外，就簡化製程衫，還可以包含具有轉氧化物（indium-tin oxide、’ ITO)電極或其類似物的基板，以供液晶操作。為了改善膜均勻度，可將液晶配向劑均勻塗上:然後在室溫至2航（制是在3G至15(rc，或^ 另J疋在40至12〇 c )預乾燥1至1GG分鐘。預乾燥能控制液晶配向劑中各成份的揮發性，確保得到無厚度偏差的均勻膜。隨後’將其在80至300t：(特別是120至28〇°c )的 /孤度下加熱5至3〇〇分鐘以完全蒸發溶劑，從而製造出液晶配向膜。 26 201231501 38435pif2 修正曰期:100年10月18日爲第100125153號中文說明書無畫臟修正本二胺基聯苯、2, 2-雙[4-(N，N-二縮水甘油基-4-胺基苯氧基）苯基]丙炫、N，N，N’，N’-四縮水甘油基-4, 4’ -二胺基二苯基曱烧、1，3-雙（N，N-二縮水甘油基）環己烧、1，3-雙（n，N_ 二縮水甘油基胺基甲基）苯以及其類似物。另外，為了改善可印性，添加劑還可另外包括適當的介面活性劑或賴合劑。可利用液晶配向劑獲得液晶配向膜。可藉由將溶於有機溶劑中的液晶配向劑塗佈在基板上來製造液晶配向膜。可使用如旋塗、柔版印刷（flex〇 printing )、喷墨印刷或與其類似的方法來將液晶配向劑塗佈在基板上。柔版印刷可達到優越的膜均勻度，且可易於形成較大的液晶光配向膜。基板沒有特殊限制，只要透明即可，其可包括玻璃基板或塑膠基板（諸如丙烯酸基板或聚碳酸酯基板）。另外，就簡化製程而言，還可以包含具有銦錫氧化物（indium_tin oxide，ITO)電極或其類似物的基板，以供液晶操作。為了改善膜均勻度，可將液晶配向劑均句塗佈在基板上:然後在室溫至2〇(TC (特別是在3〇至15〇。〇，或更特別是在40至12(rc )預乾燥1至1〇〇分鐘。預乾燥能控制液晶配向劑中各成份的揮發性，確保得到無厚度偏差的均勻膜。、w隨後，將其在8〇至30CTC (特別是120至280〇C )的 /凰度下加熱5至3〇〇分鐘以完全蒸發溶劑，從而製造出液晶配向膜。 •C 26 201231501 38435pifl 爲第100125153號中文酬書無劃線修正本修正日期:10()年9月16臼可以藉由偏振（polarized)紫外（uitravi〇iet; UV)光或摩擦進行單軸配向處理，可將液晶配向膜用於液晶顯示器，或者不經單軸配向處理，可將液晶配向膜用於一些例如垂直配向膜以及與其類似的應用中。可以藉由曝光（能量10毫焦耳至5〇〇〇毫焦耳）〇 J 至180分鐘’使根據本發明一實施例的液晶配向膜經歷單軸配向處理。根據本發明另一實施例，提供包含此液晶配向膜的顯示元件。液晶顯示器（liquid crystal display ; LCD )包括 90 度扭轉的液晶’其位於極化方向相互垂直的起偏器 (polarizer)和檢偏器（anaiyzer)之間。沒有施加電壓時，穿過起偏器的線性極化光根據其他液晶配向器的方向局部旋轉，以達90度極化。因此，光在通過液晶層時被旋轉而通過檢偏器。施加電壓時，液晶沿著電場方向平行排列為一線，而線性極化光不經旋轉即通過液晶層，因此被極化〇方向與起偏器的方向垂直的檢偏器阻擋。藉由上述方法控制液晶’可選擇性地傳輸光。因此，為了提供LCD均勻的受度和向對比度’在整個LCD面板中均勻地排列液晶是很重要的。在這方面液晶配向膜可以有效應用。另外’舉例來說’可藉由下述方法製造液晶顯示器。於玻璃基板，將液晶配向劑塗佈於沈積有銦錫氧化物 (indium tin oxide ; ITO)導電層的玻璃基板上，熱固化液晶配向劑以提供配向膜’面對面組合兩個基板，以及注入 27 201231501 38435pif2 修正日期:1〇〇年10月18日爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本可以藉由偏振（polarized)紫外（uitravi〇let ; uv)光或摩擦進行單軸配向處理，可將液晶配向膜用於液晶顯示器，或者不經單軸配向處理，可將液晶配向膜用於一些例如垂直配向膜以及與其類似的應用中。可以藉由曝光（能量1〇毫焦耳至5〇〇〇毫焦耳）〇1 至180分鐘’使根據本發明一實施例的液晶配向膜經歷單軸配向處理。根據本發明另一實施例，提供包含此液晶配向膜的顯示元件〇液晶顯示器（liquid crystal display ; LCD)包括 90 度扭轉的液晶，其位於極化方向相互垂直的起偏器 (polarizer)和檢偏器（anaiyZer)之間。沒有施加電壓時，穿過起偏器的線性極化光根據其他液晶配向器的方向局部旋轉，以達90度極化。因此，光在通過液晶層時被旋轉而通過檢偏器。施加電壓時，液晶沿著電場方向平行排列為一線’而線性極化光不經旋轉即通過液晶層’因此被極化方向與起偏器的方向垂直的檢偏器阻擋。藉由上述方法控制液晶，可選擇性地傳輸光。因此，為了提供LCD均勻的亮度和高對比度，在整個LCD面板中均勻地排列液晶是报重要的。在這方面液晶配向膜可以有效應用。另外’舉例來說.，可藉由下述方法製造液晶顯示器。於玻璃基板’將液晶配向劑塗佈於沈積有銦錫氧化物 (indimntinoxide; ITO)導電層的玻璃基板上，熱固化液 a曰配向劑以提供配向膜，面對面組合兩個基板，以及注入 27 201231501 38435pifl 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正曰期:100年9月16日液晶，或浸泡（dipping)液晶於—基板上，並將其與相對基板組合。以下實例更詳細地說明本發明。然而，這些實例不應在任何意義上被解釋為本發明的範疇限制。。實例比較例1 :製備聚醯胺酸（PSAd) 將0. 5莫耳以下列化學式6表示的4_丨2_[2_(2 4_二胺基-苯基）-乙氧羰基]-乙烯基丨—苯基4_(4,4,4_三氟基丁氧基）—苯甲酸酯 (4-{2-[2-(2,4-diamino-phenyl)-ethoxycarbonyl]-vinyl}-phe nyl 4 (4,4,4-trifluorobutoxy)-benzoate ester)置入附有擾摔，，及溫度控制器的四頸燒瓶中，同時在暗房條件下通入氮氣加入1^-甲基吼洛酉同（]^-11^1:11>4-2奶1*]*〇11(!〇116^]!^0>)，以將化學式6表示的化合物溶於NMP中。加入1. 〇莫耳的固態4, 10-二氧基—三環[63丄〇2,7]十二烧_3 5 9, n四酮，並劇烈攪拌。攪拌一小時後，加入〇 5莫耳以化學式 6表不的4-{2-[2-(2,4-二胺基-苯基)-乙氧羰基]-乙烯基卜苯基4 (4,4,4-二氟基丁氧基)_苯曱酸g旨’且使其反應，以提供適當的黏滯度。所得的溶液具有30重量％的固體量，且使此溶液經歷24小時的共聚反應以提供聚醯胺酸溶液。 28 201231501 38435pif2 修正日期:100年10月18日爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正;φ；液日日，或/父/包（dipping)液晶於—基板上，並將其與相對基板組合。以下實例更詳細地說明本發明。然而，這些實例不應在任何意義上被解釋為本發明的範疇限制。實例比較例1 :製備聚醯胺酸（pSA-i) 將0.5莫耳以下列化學式6表示的4_丨2_[2_(2,4_二胺基-苯基）-乙氧羰基]-乙烯基卜苯基4_(4 4,4_三氟基丁氧基苯甲酸酯 (4- {2-[2-(2,4-diamino-phenyl)-ethoxycarbonyl]-vinyl} -phe nyl 4-(4,4,ttrifhiorobutoxyhbenzoate ester)置入附有攪拌為以及溫度控制器的四頸燒瓶中，同時在暗房條件下通入氮氣’加入 N-曱基吡咯酮（N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone; NMP )，以將化學式6表示的化合物溶於NMP中。加入1· 〇莫耳的固態4, 10-二氧雜-三環[6 3丄〇2,7]十二烷_3, 5, 9, u一四酮，並劇烈攪拌。攪拌一小時後，加入5莫耳以化學式 6表示的4-{2-[2-(2,4-二胺基-苯基)_乙氧羰基]_乙烯基卜苯基4 (4,4,4-二氟基丁氧基)_苯曱酸酯，且使其反應，以提仏適田的黏滞度。所得的溶液具有重量％的固體量，且使此溶液經歷24小時的共聚反應以提供聚醯胺酸溶液。 28 201231501 38435pifl 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正曰期:1〇〇年9月16日21 201231501 38435pifl is the Chinese manual of No. 100125153. There is no slash correction. This revision date: September 16th, 10th, in Chemical Formula 15 and Chemical Formula 16, R34 and R35 are the same or different, and each of them is independently hydrogen, substituted or not. a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group, R36 and R37 are the same or different and each independently is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group, and n5 are an integer from 〇 to 3, respectively, and are a single bond, hydrazine, CO, substituted or unsubstituted. a C1 to C6 alkylene group (e.g., C(CF3)2), a substituted or unsubstituted C3 to C30 cycloalkylene group, or a substituted or unsubstituted C2 to C30 heterocyclic alkyl group. When it is an integer of 2 or more, 'R36' may be identical to each other or different from each other. When 叱 is an integer of 2 or more, R37 may be identical to each other or different from each other. The polyglycolic acid and the polyimine may have a weight average molecular weight of from 50,000 to 500, hydrazine. When the weight average molecular weight of polylysine and polyimine falls within this range, 'effectively improves solubility, thermal stability, and chemical resistance' and maintains proper viscosity to easily provide superior printability Printability and uniform film. When the liquid crystal alignment agent includes both polyamic acid and polyaniline, the weight ratio of the polyamic acid to the polyimine may be 1:99 to 50:50. When the weight ratio of polyamic acid to polyimine falls within this range, the orientation stability can be changed. For example, the weight ratio of polyglycolic acid to polyamidiamine may range from 1 〇 : go to 50 : 50 . The liquid crystal alignment agent may contain 1% by weight to 3% by weight of the polymerization 22 201231501 38435pif2 is the leg condition 53 Chinese _ book without scribe correction This revision teacher year 18th in the chemical formula 15 and the chemical formula 16, ~ 4 with And R5 are the same as or different from each other, and each of them is independently nitrogen, an unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or an unsubstituted heteroaryl group. Or not (f)' and each of them is independently substituted or unsubstituted substituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, % is called from 〇 to An integer of 3, and A1 is a single bond, hydrazine, C0, substituted or unsubstituted C1 to c6 alkylene (eg C(CF3)2), substituted or unsubstituted C3 to C3 anthracene A substituted or unsubstituted C2 to C3 heterocyclic alkyl group. When 114 is an integer of 2 or more, 'R36' may be identical to each other or different from each other. When ns is an integer of 2 or more, I7 may be identical to each other or different from each other.曰, polyglycine and polyimine may have a weight average molecular weight of 5 〇, 〇〇〇 to 5 〇〇, 〇〇〇. When the weight average molecular weight of the polyamic acid and the polyimine is within this range, solubility, thermal stability, and chemical resistance can be effectively improved, and an appropriate viscosity is maintained to easily provide superior printability. Printability and uniform film. When the liquid crystal alignment agent includes both polyamic acid and polyimine, the weight ratio of polypyrene = acid to polyimine may be n 99 to 50: 5 Å. When the weight ratio of polyamine and polyimine falls within this range, the alignment stability can be improved. For example, the weight ratio of polyamic acid to polyimine may range from 1 〇 to 50:50. 'The liquid crystal alignment agent may contain 1% by weight to other% by weight of the polymer Ο 22 201231501 38435pifl is the 100125153 Chinese manual without a slash correction. This revision date: September 16th, 1st. When the amount of the polymer falls within this range, printability and liquid crystal alignment properties can be improved. For example, the amount of the polymer may be from 3% by weight to 20% by weight. Solvent The liquid crystal alignment agent may include a suitable solvent to dissolve the polymer. Thereby, the liquid crystal alignment agent can have excellent spreadability and excellent adhesion to the substrate. Examples of the solvent used to dissolve the polymer may include, but are not limited to, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimercaptoacetic acid amine (N, N-dimethyl acetamide ), N,N-dimethyl formamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, γ-butyrolactone, tetrahydrofuran South (tetrahydrofuran; THF) and phen〇l_based solvent 'such as meta cresol, phenol, halgenated phenol and the like. The granules may also include 2-butyl cellosolve (2-BC) to improve printability. The amount of ethylene glycol butyl ether may be from 1 to 70% by weight, such as from 20 to 60% by weight of ethylene glycol butyl ether, based on the total amount of the solvent including 2_ethylene glycol butyl ether. When the amount of 2-ethylene glycol butyl ether falls within this range, printability can be easily improved. In addition, the solvent may also contain a weak solvent such as an alcohol, a ketone, an ester, an ether, a hydrocarbon or a halogenated hydrocarbon, as long as the soluble polyimine polymer is not precipitated. Just fine. When a liquid crystal light aligning agent is applied, the weak/troughing agent lowers the surface energy of the liquid crystal optical alignment agent and improves its coating and flatness. 23 201231501 38435pif2 For the Chinese manual No. 100125153, there is no slash correction. The revision period is: 1st, 18th, and 18th. When the amount of the polymer falls within this range, printability and liquid crystal alignment properties can be improved. For example, the amount of the polymer may be from 3% by weight to 20% by weight. Solvent The liquid crystal alignment agent may include a suitable solvent to dissolve the polymer. Thereby, the liquid crystal alignment agent can have excellent spreadability and excellent adhesion to the substrate. Examples of the solvent used to dissolve the polymer may include, but are not limited to, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, hydrazine, hydrazine, hydrazine (Ν, Ν-dimethyl acetamide ), Ν, ,-dimethyl amide (N, N-dimethyl formamide), dimethyl sulfoxide, γ-butyrolactone, Tetrahydrofuran; THF and phenol-based solvent 'such as meta cresol, phenol, halgenated phenol and the like. The solvent may also include 2-butyl cellosolve (2-BC) to improve printability. The amount of 2-ethylene glycol butyl ether may be from 1 to 70% by weight, such as from 20 to 60% by weight of ethylene glycol butyl ether, based on the total amount of the solvent including 2-ethylene glycol. When the amount of 2-ethylene glycol butyl ether falls within this range, printability can be easily improved. Further, the solvent may further contain a poor solvent such as an alcohol, a ketone, an ester, an ether, a tobacco or a halogenated hydrocarbon as long as the soluble polyimide pigment polymer is not precipitated. When the liquid crystal light aligning agent is applied, the weak > granules lower the surface energy of the liquid crystal photoalignment agent (SUrfaCe as (4) 乂), and the coating and flatness thereof are improved. 23 201231501 38435pifl is the Chinese manual of No. 100125153. There is no slash correction. The revised period: September 16th, 100, the total amount of weak solvent may be 1 to 90% by volume, especially 1 to 70. volume%. The weak solvent may include decyl alcohol, ethanol, isopropanol, cyclohexanol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,4-butanediol, triethylene glycol, acetone, acetophenone, cyclohexanone, decyl acetate, Ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, diethyl oxalate, malonate, diethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoterpene ether, ethylene glycol dioxime ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol phenyl ether, ethylene glycol benzene Methyl ether, ethylene glycol phenyl ether, diethylene glycol dioxime ether, diethylene glycol ether, diethylene glycol monoterpene ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, two Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol oxime ether acetate, ethylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, 4-hydroxy-4-mercapto-2-pentanone, 2-hydroxyethyl propionate, propionic acid 2-hydroxy-2-mercaptoethyl ester, ethoxyethyl acetate, hydroxyethyl acetate, decyl 2-hydroxy-3-methylbutanoate, 3-decyloxydecyl propionate, propionic acid 3- Ethyloxyethyl ester, 3-ethoxyethyl propionate, 3-ethoxymethyl propionate, mercaptomethoxybutanol, ethylmethoxybutanol, mercaptoethoxybutanol, Ethyl ethoxybutanol, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, 1,2-diethylene, 1,4-two Ding burn, burn trichloroethane, chlorobenzene, o-benzene gas, burning hexyl, heptyl burn, burn octyl, benzyl, Yue benzene, Yue benzene or mixtures thereof. The amount of the solvent in the liquid crystal alignment agent is not limited, but the solid amount of the liquid crystal alignment agent is from 1 to 30% by weight, particularly from 3 to 20% by weight. When the solid amount falls within this range, the printing process is not affected by the contamination of the substrate surface to maintain proper film uniformity and proper viscosity, and avoid uniform film due to high viscosity during printing. The degree is deteriorated, thus exhibiting an appropriate penetration rate. Other additives 24 201231501 38435pif2 is the Chinese manual of No. 100125153. There is no slash correction. The date of this correction: October 18, 100, the total amount of weak solvent may be from 1 to 90% by volume, especially 1 to 1%. 70% by volume. The weak solvent may include decyl alcohol, ethanol, isopropanol, cyclohexanol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,4-butanediol, triethylene glycol, acetone, acetophenone, cyclohexanone, decyl acetate, Ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, diethyl oxalate, malonate, diethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoterpene ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol phenyl ether, ethylene glycol benzene Ether ether, ethylene glycol phenyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol ether, diethylene glycol monoterpene ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, two Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol oxime ether acetate, ethylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, 4-hydroxy-4-mercapto-2-pentanone, 2-hydroxyethyl propionate, propionic acid 2-hydroxy-2-methylethyl ester, ethoxyethyl acetate, hydroxyethyl acetate, decyl 2-hydroxy-3-mercaptobutyrate, 3-decyloxydecyl propionate, propionic acid 3- Ethyloxyethyl ester, 3-ethoxyethyl propionate, 3-ethoxydecyl propionate, decyloxybutanol, ethyloxybutanol, mercaptoethoxybutanol, Ethyl ethoxybutanol, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, 1,2-dichloroethane, 1,4- Chlorobutane, trichloroethane, chlorobenzene, o-dichlorobenzene, hexane, heptane, octane, benzene, Yue benzene, Yue benzene or mixtures thereof. The amount of the solvent in the liquid crystal alignment agent is not limited, but the solid amount of the liquid crystal alignment agent is from 1 to 30% by weight, particularly from 3 to 20% by weight. When the solid amount falls within this range, the printing process is not affected by the contamination of the substrate surface to maintain proper film uniformity and proper viscosity, and avoid uniform film due to high viscosity during printing. The degree is deteriorated, thus exhibiting an appropriate penetration rate. Other Additives Ο 24 201231501 38435pifl Corrected Period: September 16, 100 is the Chinese ugly thin line correction No. 25153. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to an embodiment may further include other additives. Other additives may comprise an epoxy compound. Epoxy compounds are used to modify the reliability and characteristics of at least one epoxy compound having 2 wei groups (e.g., 2 to 4 epoxy functional groups). The epoxy compound may be contained in an amount of from 1 to 5 parts by weight, for example, to 3 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the polymer. When the amount of the epoxy compound contained falls within the range, appropriate printability and flatness can be provided in the process of coating on the substrate, and reliability and photoelectric properties can be easily improved. Examples of the epoxy compound may include, but are not limited to, N, N, N, N, _tetraglycidyl-4,4,-diaminobenzoquinone (N, N, N', N'- Tetraglycidyl-4,4'-diaminophenylmethane; TGDDM), N,N,N',N'-tetraglycidyl-4,4'-diaminophenylethane, 凡1^,]^',1^- Tetraglycidyl-4,4,-diaminophenylpropane, ^^,:^, 冲,:^'-tetraglycidyl-4,4,-diaminophenycene, anthracene, anthracene, anthracene ',Ν,-tetraglycidyl-4,4'-diaminobenzene, ethyleneglycoldiglycidylether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, three Propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, 1,6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether, glycerine diglycidylether, 2, 2-二漠 neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, 1,3,5,6-tetraglycidyl-2,4-hexanediol, Fanfeng: ^,::^,-tetraglycidyl- 1,4-phenylenediamine, hydrazine, hydrazine, hydrazine, Ν'-tetraglycidyl-m-diphenylene diamine凡;;,;^,-tetraglycidyl-2,2'-dimethyl-4,4'- 25 201231501 38435pif2 Revised date · October 18th is the 100th day of the Chinese daily silver "The Shiyan Mingshu has no slash correction, according to the embodiment - Chen Jingxiang Xiangcheng may include other additives. /, his additives may contain epoxy compounds. Epoxidation reliability and photoelectric animals ^.. χ ^ force Improved 罨4, which comprises at least one epoxy compound having 2 to 8 ring gas groups (eg, '2 to 4 epoxy functional groups). ^, 100 parts by weight (Parts by weight) polymer meter, The epoxy compound may be contained in an amount of from 1 to 50 parts by weight, for example, from 1 to 3 parts by weight. When the amount of the epoxy compound contained is in this range, it may be provided in the process of coating the substrate. Printability and flatness, and can easily improve reliability and photoelectric properties. Examples of soil oxides can include, but are not limited to: N, N, N, N'-tetraglycidyl-4, 4, - N,N,N,N-tetraglycidyl-V-diaminophenylmethane; TGDDM, N,N,N',N,- Glycidyl-4,4,-diaminophenylethane, Fan: ^^-tetraglycidyl-'^'-diaminopropiol~^^ with 缩tetraglycidyl-4, 4, -diaminobutidine, N,n,N,,N,-tetraglycidyl-4,4'-diaminobenzene, ethyleneglycoldiglycidylether, polyethylene glycol II Glycidyl _, propylene glycol diglycidyl hydrazine, tripropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, t propanol diglycidyl ether, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl mystery, 1,6-hexanediol diglycidyl Ethyl ether, glycerinediglycidylether, 2,2-dibromo neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, 1,3,5,6-tetraglycidyl-2,4-hexanediol , N,N,N,,N'-tetraglycidyl-1,4-phenylenediamine, N,N,N,,N,-tetraglycidyl-m-xylylenediamine, Fanfan: ^, :^-tetraglycidyl 2,2,-dimethyl-4,4,- 25 201231501 38435pifl No. 100125153 Chinese manual no underline repair / correction period: September 16, 100 diamine Biphenyl, 2,2-double [4-(ΝΝ_έί1ί1^,丄w ^ refractory glyceryl-4,4-diaminodiphenyl, a H3-bis(N,N-diglycidyl)cyclohexene, ι>3-double (nn_ bis-dihydrate sweet silk and the like Things. In addition, in order to improve printability, the additive may additionally include a suitable surfactant or surface agent. A liquid crystal alignment film can be obtained by using a liquid crystal alignment agent. The liquid crystal alignment agent in the solvent of the solvent is applied to the substrate, the coating, the liquid, and the daily alignment film. The liquid crystal alignment agent can be applied to the substrate by spin coating, flexographic printing (fiex 〇 mg, Hemo printing or the like). Flexographic printing can achieve superior film uniformity and can be easily formed into a larger film. The liquid crystal light alignment film is not particularly limited as long as it is transparent, and may include a glass substrate f plastic substrate (such as an acrylic substrate or a polycarbonate substrate). In addition, the process shirt may be simplified to have a conversion oxide. A substrate for an indium-tin oxide ('ITO) electrode or the like for liquid crystal operation. To improve film uniformity, the liquid crystal alignment agent can be uniformly applied: then at room temperature to 2 voyages (system is at 3G to 15 (rc, or ^ another J 疋 at 40 to 12 〇 c) pre-dried for 1 to 1 GG minutes. Pre-drying can control the volatility of the components in the liquid crystal alignment agent, ensuring a uniform film without thickness deviation. Heating at a temperature of 80 to 300 t: (especially 120 to 28 ° C) for 5 to 3 minutes to completely evaporate the solvent to produce a liquid crystal alignment film. 26 201231501 38435pif2 Revision period: October 100 18th is No. 100125153 Chinese manual no picture dirty correction this diaminobiphenyl, 2, 2-bis[4-(N,N-diglycidyl-4-aminophenoxy)phenyl] propyl, N, N,N',N'-tetraglycidyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenyl fluorene, 1,3-bis(N,N-diglycidyl)cyclohexane, 1,3- Bis(n,N-diglycidylaminomethyl)benzene and its analogs. In addition, in order to improve printability, the additive may additionally include a suitable surfactant or chelating agent. Liquid crystal alignment can be obtained by using a liquid crystal alignment agent. A liquid crystal alignment film can be produced by coating a liquid crystal alignment agent dissolved in an organic solvent on a substrate, and can be applied by, for example, spin coating, flex printing, ink jet printing, or the like. The liquid crystal alignment agent is coated on the substrate. The flexographic printing can achieve superior film uniformity, and can easily form a large liquid crystal light alignment film. The substrate is not particularly limited, as long as it is transparent, it may include a glass substrate or a plastic substrate. (such as an acrylic substrate or a polycarbonate substrate). In addition, to simplify the process A substrate having an indium-tin oxide (ITO) electrode or the like may also be included for liquid crystal operation. To improve film uniformity, a liquid crystal alignment agent may be uniformly coated on the substrate: then in the chamber Warm to 2 〇 (TC (especially at 3 〇 to 15 〇. 〇, or more specifically 40 to 12 (rc) pre-dried for 1 to 1 〇〇 minutes. Pre-drying can control the volatilization of various components in the liquid crystal alignment agent To ensure a uniform film without thickness deviation. Then, heat it at 8 〇 to 30 CTC (especially 120 to 280 〇C) / radiance for 5 to 3 minutes to completely evaporate the solvent. The liquid crystal alignment film is obtained. • C 26 201231501 38435pifl is the 100125153 Chinese reward book without a slash correction. This correction date: 10 () September 16 臼 can be uniaxially aligned by polarized ultraviolet (uitravi〇iet; UV) light or friction Processing, liquid crystal alignment films can be used for liquid crystal displays, or without uniaxial alignment processing, liquid crystal alignment films can be used in some applications such as vertical alignment films and the like. The liquid crystal alignment film according to an embodiment of the present invention can be subjected to uniaxial alignment treatment by exposure (energy of 10 mJ to 5 Å mJ) 〇 J to 180 minutes. According to another embodiment of the present invention, a display element comprising the liquid crystal alignment film is provided. A liquid crystal display (LCD) includes a 90 degree twisted liquid crystal 'between a polarizer and an analyzer that are perpendicular to each other in the polarization direction. When no voltage is applied, the linearly polarized light passing through the polarizer is locally rotated according to the direction of the other liquid crystal aligners to achieve polarization of 90 degrees. Therefore, the light is rotated while passing through the liquid crystal layer to pass through the analyzer. When a voltage is applied, the liquid crystals are arranged in parallel along the direction of the electric field as a line, and the linearly polarized light passes through the liquid crystal layer without being rotated, and thus is blocked by an analyzer whose polarization 〇 direction is perpendicular to the direction of the polarizer. The liquid crystal ' is controlled by the above method to selectively transmit light. Therefore, it is important to uniformly align the liquid crystals throughout the LCD panel in order to provide uniform visibility and contrast to the LCD. In this regard, the liquid crystal alignment film can be effectively applied. Further, 'for example, a liquid crystal display can be manufactured by the following method. Applying a liquid crystal alignment agent to a glass substrate on which a conductive layer of indium tin oxide (ITO) is deposited on a glass substrate, thermally curing the liquid crystal alignment agent to provide an alignment film to face-to-face combination of two substrates, and injecting 27 201231501 38435pif2 Revision date: October 18th, 2010 is the 100125153 Chinese manual. There is no scribe correction. It can be uniaxially aligned by polarized ultraviolet (uitravi〇let; uv) light or friction. Liquid crystal alignment films are used in liquid crystal displays, or without uniaxial alignment processing, liquid crystal alignment films can be used in applications such as vertical alignment films and the like. The liquid crystal alignment film according to an embodiment of the present invention may be subjected to a uniaxial alignment process by exposure (energy of 1 〇mJ to 5 Å mJ) 〇1 to 180 minutes. According to another embodiment of the present invention, a display element including the liquid crystal alignment film is provided. A liquid crystal display (LCD) includes a 90-degree twisted liquid crystal, which is located in a polarizer and a perpendicular to each other in a polarization direction. Between the polarizers (anaiyZer). When no voltage is applied, the linearly polarized light passing through the polarizer is locally rotated according to the direction of the other liquid crystal aligners to achieve polarization of 90 degrees. Therefore, the light is rotated while passing through the liquid crystal layer to pass through the analyzer. When a voltage is applied, the liquid crystals are arranged in parallel along the direction of the electric field as a line 'and the linearly polarized light passes through the liquid crystal layer without being rotated, so it is blocked by an analyzer whose polarization direction is perpendicular to the direction of the polarizer. By controlling the liquid crystal by the above method, light can be selectively transmitted. Therefore, in order to provide uniform brightness and high contrast of the LCD, it is important to evenly arrange the liquid crystals throughout the LCD panel. In this regard, the liquid crystal alignment film can be effectively applied. Further, for example, a liquid crystal display can be manufactured by the following method. Applying a liquid crystal alignment agent to a glass substrate on which a conductive layer of indium tin oxide (ITO) is deposited on a glass substrate, a thermosetting liquid a aligning agent to provide an alignment film, and combining two substrates face to face, and injecting 27 201231501 38435pifl is the Chinese manual of No. 100125153. There is no slash correction. The revision period: liquid crystal on September 16, 100, or dipping liquid crystal on the substrate, and combining it with the opposite substrate. The following examples illustrate the invention in more detail. However, these examples should not be construed as limiting the scope of the invention in any way. . EXAMPLES Comparative Example 1: Preparation of Polyproline (PSAd) 0.5 mol of 4_丨2_[2_(2 4-diamino-phenyl)-ethoxycarbonyl]-vinyl group represented by the following Chemical Formula 6 4-(2-[2-(2,4-diamino-phenyl)-ethoxycarbonyl]-vinyl}-phe Nyl 4 (4,4,4-trifluorobutoxy)-benzoate ester was placed in a four-necked flask equipped with a turbulent, and temperature controller, and nitrogen was added to the solution under a dark room condition. Same as (]^-11^1:11>4-2 milk 1*]*〇11(!〇116^]!^0>), to dissolve the compound represented by Chemical Formula 6 in NMP. Add 1. The solid 4, 10-dioxy-tricyclo[63丄〇2,7]dodecane _3 5 9, n tetraketone of the ear was stirred vigorously. After stirring for one hour, 〇5 mol was added to the chemical formula 6 4-{2-[2-(2,4-Diamino-phenyl)-ethoxycarbonyl]-vinylphenyl 4 (4,4,4-difluorobutoxy)_ The benzoic acid g was 'reacted' to provide a suitable viscosity. The resulting solution had a solids content of 30% by weight, and the solution was subjected to a copolymerization reaction for 24 hours to provide a polyaminic acid solution. 201231501 38435pif2 Revision date: October 18, 100 is No. 100125153 Chinese specification without scribe correction; φ; liquid day, or / father/dipping liquid crystal on the substrate, and combined with the opposite substrate. The following examples illustrate the invention in more detail. However, these examples should not be construed as limiting the scope of the invention in any sense. EXAMPLES Comparative Example 1: Preparation of Polylysine (pSA-i) 0.5 moles in the following chemical formula 6_丨2_[2_(2,4-diamino-phenyl)-ethoxycarbonyl]-vinylphenyl 4-(4,4-trifluorobutoxybenzoate) 4-{2-[2-(2,4-diamino-phenyl)-ethoxycarbonyl]-vinyl} -phe nyl 4-(4,4, ttrifhiorobutoxyhbenzoate ester) placed in a four-necked flask with stirring and temperature controller In the darkroom conditions, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) was added to the nitrogen atmosphere to dissolve the compound represented by Chemical Formula 6 in NMP. The solid state of 1·〇莫耳 was added. 4, 10-Dioxa-tricyclo[6 3丄〇2,7]dodecane_3, 5, 9, u-tetraketone, and stirred vigorously. After stirring for one hour, 5 mol of 4-{2-[2-(2,4-diamino-phenyl)-ethoxycarbonyl]-vinylphenyl 4 (4,4) represented by Chemical Formula 6 was added. , 4-difluorobutoxy)-benzoic acid ester, and reacted to improve the viscosity of the field. The resulting solution had a solids weight %, and this solution was subjected to a copolymerization reaction for 24 hours to provide a polyaminic acid solution. 28 201231501 38435pifl For the Chinese manual No. 100125153, there is no slash correction. This revision period: September 16th, 1st

[化學式6] U 實例1 :製備聚醯胺酸（PSA-2) 將〇_5莫耳4-{2-[2-(2,4-二胺基-苯基)-乙氧羰基]-乙烯基}-苯基4-(4,4,4-三氟基丁氧基)-苯曱酸酯置入附有攪拌器、溫度控制器、氮氣注入器的四頸燒瓶中，同時在暗房條件下通入氮氣，加入N—曱基吡咯酮 (N-methyl-2_pyrrolid〇ne ; NMP)以將化學式 6 表示的化合物溶於jMP中。加入丨.〇莫耳的固態4, 1〇_二氧基_三 %[6·3·1·02’7]十二烷_3, 5, g，u—四酮，並劇烈攪拌。攪拌一〇小時後，加入0.4莫耳以化學式6表示的4-{2-[2-(2,4_二胺基-苯基)-乙氧縣]乙烯基}_笨基4_(4,4,4_三氟基丁氧基)-苯甲酸醋以及〇. 1莫耳以化學式7表示的化合物，並，其反應’以提供適當的黏滞度。所得的溶液具有3〇重量醯胺固酸體容量液且使㈣歸24小時㈣反應以提供聚 29 201231501 38435pif2 爲桌100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正日期:刚年iq月18日[Chemical Formula 6] U Example 1: Preparation of Polylysine (PSA-2) 〇_5 Molar 4-{2-[2-(2,4-Diamino-phenyl)-ethoxycarbonyl]- Vinyl}-phenyl 4-(4,4,4-trifluorobutoxy)-benzoate was placed in a four-necked flask with a stirrer, temperature controller, nitrogen injector, and in a darkroom Under nitrogen, N-mercaptopyrrolidone (N-methyl-2_pyrrolid〇ne; NMP) was added to dissolve the compound represented by Chemical Formula 6 in jMP. The solid 4,1 〇-dioxy_tris[6·3·1·02'7]dodecane_3,5, g,u-tetraketone of 丨.〇mol was added and stirred vigorously. After stirring for one hour, 0.4 mol of 4-{2-[2-(2,4-diamino-phenyl)-ethoxylated]vinyl}-stylyl 4_(4, represented by Chemical Formula 6 was added. 4,4_Trifluorobutoxy)-benzoic acid vinegar and 〇. 1 mole of the compound represented by Chemical Formula 7, and its reaction 'to provide a suitable viscosity. The obtained solution has 3 〇 weight of guanamine solid acid volume liquid and (4) is reacted for 24 hours (4) to provide poly 29 201231501 38435pif2 for table 100125153 Chinese manual without scribe correction This revision date: just year iq month 18

[化學式6] 實例1 :製備聚醯胺酸（PSA-2) 將〇·5莫耳4-{2-[2_(2,4·二胺基一苯基)_乙氧羰基]_乙烯基}-苯基4-(4,4,4-三氟基丁氧基)_苯甲酸酯置入附有攪拌器、溫度控制器、氮氣注入器的四頸燒瓶中，同時在暗房條件下通入氮氣，加入N-曱基吡咯酮 (N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone ; NMP)以將化學式 6 表示的化合物溶於NMP中。加入1. 〇莫耳的固態4, 1〇—二氧雜-三環[6.3.1.02’7]十二烷-3, 5, 9, 11-四酮，並劇烈攪拌。攪拌一小時後，加入0.4莫耳以化學式6表示的4_{2_[2_(2,4_二胺基-苯基)-乙氧羧基]-乙稀基}_苯基4_(4,4,4_三氟基丁氧基)-苯曱酸自旨以及G. 1莫耳以化學式7表示的化合物，並使其反應’以提供適當的麵度。所得的缝具有3〇重量 %的固體量’且使此溶液經歷24小時的共聚反應以提供聚醯胺酸溶液。 29 201231501 38435pifl 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本 [化學式7]Example 1: Preparation of Polylysine (PSA-2) 〇·5 Molar 4-{2-[2_(2,4·Diaminophenyl)-ethoxycarbonyl]-vinyl }-Phenyl 4-(4,4,4-trifluorobutoxy)-benzoate was placed in a four-necked flask with a stirrer, temperature controller, nitrogen injector, and in darkroom conditions Nitrogen was added thereto, and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) was added to dissolve the compound represented by Chemical Formula 6 in NMP. The solid 4,1 〇-dioxa-tricyclo[6.3.1.0''7]dodecane-3,5,9,11-tetraone was added to the molar and stirred vigorously. After stirring for one hour, 0.4 mol of 4-{2_[2_(2,4-diamino-phenyl)-ethoxycarboxy]-ethlyl}-phenyl 4_(4,4, represented by Chemical Formula 6 was added. 4_Trifluorobutoxy)-benzoic acid is a compound represented by Chemical Formula 7 and G. 1 molar, and is reacted to provide a suitable degree of appearance. The resulting slit had a solids amount of 3% by weight and the solution was subjected to a copolymerization reaction for 24 hours to provide a polyamidonic acid solution. 29 201231501 38435pifl is the Chinese manual of the 100125153 without a slash correction [Chemical Formula 7]

實例2至5 :製備聚醯胺酸（PSA_3至psa-6) 聚醯胺酸（PSA-3至PSA-5)溶液是根據與實例1相同的方法來製備，差別在於，以化學式6表示的4_{2_[2_(2,4_ 二胺基-苯基)-乙氧羰基]-乙烯基卜苯基4-(4,4,4-三氟基丁氧基)-苯曱酸酯以及以化學式7表示的化合物的添加量是如下列表1所示。在表1中，以化學式6表示的4- {2-[2-(2,4-二胺基_苯基)-乙氧羰基]-乙烯基}-苯基4-(4,4,4-三氟基丁氧基)-苯甲酸酯的量是以第一次和第二次添加量的和來計算’而其第一次添加量在所有實例中均為〇. 5莫耳。比較例2 :製備聚醯亞胺（psjq) 將0. 5莫耳以化學式6表示的4-{2-[2-(2,4-二胺基-苯基)-乙氧幾基]-乙烯基卜苯基4-(4,4,4-三氟基丁氧基)-苯甲酸醋置入附有攪拌器、溫度控制器以及氮氣注入器的四頸燒瓶中’同時在暗房條件下通入氮氣，加入N_曱基η比略酮 (N-methyl-2-pyrrolid〇ne ; ΝΜΡ)以溶解之。加入 1. 〇莫耳的固態4, 二氧基-三環[6.3.1.02’7]十二烷-3, 5, 9, 11-四酮’並劇烈攪拌。攪拌一小時後，加入0. 5莫耳以化學 30 201231501 38435pif2 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本 [化學式7]Examples 2 to 5: Preparation of Polylysine (PSA_3 to psa-6) Polylysine (PSA-3 to PSA-5) solution was prepared according to the same method as Example 1, except that it was represented by Chemical Formula 6. 4_{2_[2_(2,4-diamino-phenyl)-ethoxycarbonyl]-vinylphenyl 4-(4,4,4-trifluorobutoxy)-benzoate and The amount of the compound represented by Chemical Formula 7 is shown in Table 1 below. In Table 1, 4-{2-[2-(2,4-diaminophenyl)-ethoxycarbonyl]-vinyl}-phenyl 4-(4,4,4) represented by Chemical Formula 6. The amount of -trifluorobutoxy)-benzoate is calculated as the sum of the first and second addition amounts, and the first addition amount is 〇. 5 moles in all examples. Comparative Example 2: Preparation of polyimine (psjq) 0.5 mol of 4-{2-[2-(2,4-diamino-phenyl)-ethoxyl group] represented by Chemical Formula 6 Vinyl phenyl 4-(4,4,4-trifluorobutoxy)-benzoic acid vinegar was placed in a four-necked flask equipped with a stirrer, a temperature controller and a nitrogen gas injector' simultaneously in darkroom conditions Nitrogen was added thereto, and N_fluorenyl η ketone (N-methyl-2-pyrrolid〇ne; oxime) was added to dissolve. The solid 4, dioxy-tricyclo[6.3.1.0''7]dodecane-3,5,9-11-tetraketone was added as a oxime and stirred vigorously. After stirring for one hour, adding 0.5 mole to chemistry 30 201231501 38435pif2 is the Chinese manual of No. 100125153 without a slash correction [Chemical Formula 7]

修正日期:勤年10月18日Revision date: October 18th

貫例2至5 :製備聚醯胺酸（PSA-3至PSA-6) 聚S&胺酸（PSA_3至PSA-5)溶液是根據與實例1相同的方法來製備，差财於，靴料6表賴4_{2_[2_(2,4_ 了胺基—苯基)-乙氧羰基]•乙烯基}-苯基4-(4,4,4-三氟基丁氣基)-苯曱㈣以及以化學式7表示的化合物的添加量是如I列表/所示。在表1中，以化學式6表示的4· {2-[2_(2,4-了胺基-苯基)-乙氧羰基]_乙烯基}_苯基4_(4,4,4_三氟基丁。基:l·苯I酸g旨的量是以第—次和第二次添加量的和來計异，而其第一次添加量在所有實例中均為〇· 5莫耳。比較例2 .製備聚酿亞胺（psi_i) 將y0. 5莫耳以化學式6表示的4-{2-[2-(2,4-二胺基-苯 ^)-乙氧幾基]-乙稀基}_苯基4_(4,4,4_三氟基丁氧基)_苯甲酸醋置入附有縣器、溫度控制H以及氮氣注人器的四頸燒瓶中’同時在暗房條件下通人氮氣，加人N·甲基吼略酮 (N-methyl-2-Pyrrolidone ; NMP)以溶解之。加入 i 〇莫耳的固態4, 10-二氧雜—三環[6 3丨〇2,7]十二烷_3, 5, 9, u_ 四酮，並劇烈攪拌。攪拌一小時後，加入〇. 5莫耳以化學〇 30 201231501 38435pifl ^ 100125,53 赃__月 16日 j 6表示的4-{2-[2-(2,4-二胺基-苯基)_乙氧羰基]_乙烯基}_ 本基4-(4,4,4-二乱基丁氣基)_苯甲酸g旨，且使其反應，以提供適當的黏滯度。所得的溶液具有3〇重量％的固^量，且使此溶液經歷24小時的絲反應吨供輯胺酸溶液。將此聚醯胺酸溶液與3. 0莫耳的乙酸酐和5. 〇莫耳的砒咬混^。將所得的混合物加熱至8(rc，反應6小時，然後真空祕以移除催化劑和溶劑，從而製備具有2q重量％ Q 固體量的可溶性聚醯亞胺樹脂。實例6 ··製備聚醯亞胺（pSI_2) 將0. 5莫耳以化學式6表示的4_二美— =乙氧幾基]-乙烯基卜笨基4_(4,4,4_三氣基ϋ苯甲 =曰，入时髮H、溫度控湘以及氮氣注人器的 ^瓶中’ _在暗祕件下通碌氣，並加人㈣基财 ^ -methyl-2-Pyrr〇lidone ; NMp)以溶解之。加入 1 〇莫耳的固態4,10·二氧基-三環[6.3.1.02,7]十二院_3,5 9 u_ 四酮’並劇烈擾拌。禮抹 ’ ’ ’ Q b车〜册攪拌小時後，加入〇·4莫耳以化學 i其二4-{-2’(2,4_二胺基_苯基)·乙氧縣]·乙烯基}-述’74，t三氣基丁氧基)_苯甲酸醋以及ο.1莫耳以上度。戶使其反應’以提供適當的黏滞 24小時有3曰0重量_體量，且使此溶液經歷、的/、聚反應以提供聚蕴胺酸溶液。 =聚醯胺酸溶液與3· 〇莫耳的乙酸肝將所得的混合物加熱至8〇。。，反應6小時耳= 真工雜以移除催化劑和溶劑，從而製備具有20重量％ 31 201231501 38435ρΐΩ 修IE曰期:丨〇〇年10月18日爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃 ^表示的4令[2似二胺基-苯基)_乙氧縣]_乙烯基卜，4-(4,4,4-二氟基丁氧基)苯甲酸醋，且使其反應，以提供適▲的黏滯度。所得的溶液具有30重量％的固體量，且使iJWU 24小時的共聚反應以提供聚酿胺酸溶液。將此聚酿胺酸溶液與3· 〇莫耳的乙酸野和5. 〇莫耳的础咬混^。將所得的混合物加熱至_，反應β小時，然後真空蒸館以移除催化劑和溶劑，從而製備具有2〇重量％固體量的可溶性聚醯亞胺樹脂。實例6 :製備聚醯亞胺（psi_2) 將^0·,5莫耳以化學式6表示的4-{2-[2-(2,4-二胺基-苯基)_乙氧碳基]-乙烯基卜苯基4_(4,4,4_三說基丁氧基)_苯甲 =曰置入附有授拌器、溫度控制器以及氮氣注人器的四頸 U瓦中’同時在暗房條件下通人氮氣，並加人N·曱基咐略嗣（N-methyl_2-pyrrolidone ; NMp)以溶解之。加入 L 〇莫耳的固態4,10_二氧雜-三環[6.3.1.02,7]十二烷_3 5 9 11_ 四酮，並劇烈攪拌。攪拌一小時後，加入〇. 4莫耳以’化學 3表不$ 4-{2_[2·(2,4-二胺基-苯基)_乙氧叛基]_乙烯基卜 =土 =-(4,4,4-三氟基丁氧基)_苯曱酸酯以及0. 1莫耳以上，化予，7表不的化合物，使其反應，以提供適當的黏滯 =所+彳于的溶液具有3〇重量％的固體量，且使此溶液經歷小時的共聚反應以提供聚醯胺酸溶液。 —將此聚醯胺酸溶液與3· 0莫耳的乙酸酐和5. 〇莫耳的碗疋=合。將所得的混合物加熱至80°C，反應6小時，然後真二热餘以移除催化劑和溶劑，從而製備具有2〇重量％ 31 201231501 38435pifl 爲第100125153號中文說明書無畫！臟修正本修正日期:1〇〇年9月16日固體量的可溶性聚醯亞胺樹脂。實例7至10 :製備聚醯亞胺（PSI-3至PSI-6) 聚醯亞胺（PSI-3至PSI-6)溶液是根據與實例6相同的方法來製備，差別在於，以化學式6表示的4-{2-[2-(2,4-二胺基-苯基)-乙氧幾基]-乙烯基苯基4-(4,4,4-三氟基丁氧基)-苯曱酸酯以及以上述化學式7表示的化合物的& 量是如下列们所示。在表1中，以化學式6表“的 4- {2-[2-(2,4-二胺基-笨基）·乙氧羰基]_乙烯基美 4·(4,4,4-三氟基丁氧基)_笨曱酸醋的量是第一次及 = 添加量的和’其第-次添加量麵有實财均為Q 5莫耳。 (表1)Example 2 to 5: Preparation of poly-proline (PSA-3 to PSA-6) Poly S& Aminic acid (PSA_3 to PSA-5) solution was prepared according to the same method as in Example 1, 6表上4_{2_[2_(2,4_Amino-phenyl)-ethoxycarbonyl]•vinyl}-phenyl 4-(4,4,4-trifluorobutanyl)-phenylhydrazine (4) The addition amount of the compound represented by Chemical Formula 7 is as shown in Table I/. In Table 1, 4·{2-[2_(2,4-amino-phenyl)-ethoxycarbonyl]-vinyl}-phenyl 4_(4,4,4_3) represented by Chemical Formula 6 The amount of fluorobutanyl group: l·benzene I acid g is based on the sum of the first and second addition amounts, and the first addition amount is 〇·5 mole in all examples. Comparative Example 2. Preparation of polyanilin (psi_i) y0. 5 mol of 4-{2-[2-(2,4-diamino-benzo-)-ethoxyoxy group represented by Chemical Formula 6] -Ethyl group}_Phenyl 4_(4,4,4-trifluorobutoxy)-benzoic acid vinegar was placed in a four-necked flask with a county, temperature control H and nitrogen injector. Nitrogen was added under darkroom conditions, and N-methyl-2-Pyrrolidone (NMP) was added to dissolve it. The solid 4, 10-dioxa-tricyclo[6] was added to i. 3丨〇2,7]dodecane_3, 5, 9, u_ tetraketone, and stir vigorously. After stirring for one hour, add 〇. 5 mol to chemical 〇30 201231501 38435pifl ^ 100125,53 赃__月4-{2-[2-(2,4-Diamino-phenyl)-ethoxycarbonyl]-vinyl}-bens represented by j 6 on the 16th, 4-(4,4,4-disc) Butyrate) benzoic acid, and react it to Providing a suitable viscosity. The resulting solution has a solids content of 3% by weight, and the solution is subjected to a 24 hour reaction to the tranexamic acid solution. The polyamic acid solution is 3.0 mm. The acetic anhydride was mixed with 5. The molar mixture was heated to 8 (rc, reacted for 6 hours, then vacuum removed to remove the catalyst and solvent to prepare a solubility of 2% by weight of Q solids. Polyimine resin. Example 6 ·························································· 4,4_three gas base ϋ 曰 = 曰, when the time to send H, temperature control Xiang and nitrogen injection device ^ bottle in the _ under the secret secrets under the gas, and add people (four) base wealth ^ -methyl -2-Pyrr〇lidone ; NMp) to dissolve. Add 1 〇 molar solid 4,10· dioxy-tricyclo[6.3.1.02,7]12th hospital_3,5 9 u_tetraketone' Vigorously disturbed. Ritual '' ' Q b car ~ book after stirring for hours, add 〇 · 4 Moer to chemistry i its two 4-{-2' (2,4-diamino-phenyl) · ethoxy County]·vinyl}-reported '74,t tris-l-butoxy)_benzamide Vinegar and ο.1 moles above the household. The reaction is made to provide a suitable viscosity for 24 hours with a volume of 3 曰 0 重量, and the solution is subjected to /, poly-reaction to provide a poly-Acetine solution . = Polyproline solution and 3·Mole acetic acid liver The resulting mixture was heated to 8 Torr. . , reaction 6 hours ear = real work to remove the catalyst and solvent, so as to prepare with 20% by weight 31 201231501 38435ρ ΐ 修曰丨〇〇丨〇〇丨〇〇丨〇〇 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 Let [2 like diamino-phenyl) _ ethoxylate] _ vinyl b, 4- (4,4,4-difluorobutoxy) benzoic acid vinegar, and make it react to provide appropriate ▲ Viscosity. The resulting solution had a solids content of 30% by weight and a copolymerization reaction of iJWU for 24 hours to provide a poly-branched acid solution. The poly-branched acid solution was mixed with the acetic acid field of 3. 〇莫耳 and the base of 5. 〇莫耳. The resulting mixture was heated to _ for β hours, and then vacuum-vaporized to remove the catalyst and solvent to prepare a soluble polyimine resin having a solid content of 2% by weight. Example 6: Preparation of Polyimine (psi_2) 4-{2-[2-(2,4-Diamino-phenyl)-ethoxycarbonyl] represented by Chemical Formula 6 - Vinyl phenyl 4_(4,4,4_trisylbutoxy)_benzoic = 曰 placed in a four-neck U-Watt with a stirrer, temperature controller and nitrogen injector Nitrogen was introduced under darkroom conditions and N-methyl_2-pyrrolidone (NMp) was added to dissolve. The solid 4,10-dioxa-tricyclo[6.3.1.02,7]dodecane_3 5 9 11_tetraone of L 莫 Mo Er was added and stirred vigorously. After stirring for one hour, add 〇. 4 mol to 'Chemical 3' not $ 4-{2_[2·(2,4-diamino-phenyl)-ethoxylated]-vinyl b = soil = -(4,4,4-trifluorobutoxy)-benzoic acid ester and 0.1 mol or more, compounded, 7-formed compound, reacted to provide appropriate viscosity = The solution present had a solids content of 3% by weight and the solution was subjected to an hourly copolymerization reaction to provide a polyaminic acid solution. - The polyamic acid solution was combined with 3.0 mmol of acetic anhydride and 5. 〇 molar bowl. The resulting mixture was heated to 80 ° C, and reacted for 6 hours, then the heat was removed to remove the catalyst and solvent, thereby preparing to have 2 〇 wt% 31 201231501 38435 pifl No. 100125153 No Chinese painting instructions! Dirty revision date of this revision: September 16, 1st, a solid amount of soluble polyimide resin. Examples 7 to 10: Preparation of Polyimine (PSI-3 to PSI-6) Polyimine (PSI-3 to PSI-6) solution was prepared according to the same method as Example 6, except that Chemical Formula 6 4-{2-[2-(2,4-Diamino-phenyl)-ethoxyxo]-vinylphenyl 4-(4,4,4-trifluorobutoxy)- The & benzoate and the compound represented by the above Chemical Formula 7 are as shown below. In Table 1, the formula 4-(2-[2-(2,4-diamino-styl)-ethoxycarbonyl]-vinylene 4·(4,4,4-tri) The amount of fluorobutoxy) _ 曱曱 vinegar is the first time and = the amount of addition and the 'the first addition amount of the surface has a real money of Q 5 Mo. (Table 1)

32 201231501 38435pif2 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正日期:100年10月18日固體量的可溶性聚醯亞胺樹脂。實例7至10 :製備聚醯亞胺（PSI-3至PSI-6) 聚醯亞胺（PSI-3至PSI-6)溶液是根據與實例6相同的方法來製備，差別在於，以化學式6表示的4-{2-[2-(2,4-二胺基_苯基)-乙氧幾基]-乙細基}-苯基4-(4,4,4-二氣基丁氧基)-苯曱酸酯以及以上述化學式7表示的化合物的添加量是如下列表1所示。在表1中，以化學式6表示的 4-{2-[2-(2,4-二胺基-苯基）-乙氧羰基]-乙烯基}-苯基 4-(4,4,4-三氟基丁氧基)-苯曱酸酯的量是第一次及第二次添加量的和，其第一次添加量在所有實例中均為0. 5莫耳。〇 (表1 ) 製備實例化學式6 化學式7 類型比較例1 PSA-1 100 - 聚醯胺酸實例1 PSA-2 90 10 聚醯胺酸實例2 PSA-3 80 20 聚醯胺酸實例3 PSA-4 70 30 聚醯胺酸實例4 PSA-5 60 40 聚醯胺酸實例5 PSA-6 50 50 聚醯胺酸比較例2 PSI-1 100 - 聚醯亞胺實例6 PSI-2 90 10 聚醯亞胺實例7 PSI-3 80 20 聚醯亞胺實例8 PSI-4 70 30 聚醯亞胺實例9 PSI-5 60 40 聚醯亞胺實例10 PSI-6 50 50 聚醯亞胺 32 201231501 38435pifl 爲桌100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正日期:丨⑻年9月i6日在上述表1中’以化學式6和化學式7表示的化合物的量是基於二元胺（其用以製備聚合物）的總莫耳數的莫耳％。〈性質評估〉評估液晶配向性質使用液晶單元來評估液晶配向劑的垂直配向性質。液晶單元以下述方法製造。 0 在經標準化的銦錫氡化物（indium-tin oxide ; ITO) 玻璃基板上進行用以圖案化的微影製程，以移除IT〇，留下1.5 cm X 1.5 cm的方形ΙΤ0以及用以施加電壓的ΙΤ〇電極形狀。將實例1至10與比較例i及2的液晶配向劑旋塗於圖案化ITO基板上（厚度達〇. 1 μηι)，且在7〇。〇及下固化。利用曝光器（UIS-S2021J7-YD01，UshioLPUV)，以預先決定的角度和預先決定的能量曝光經固化的ITO基 (J 板。將兩個經曝光的基板以下述方式結合：以相反的曝光方向（VA模式’ 9〇度）安置兩個經曝光的基板，並且在頂部的方形ιτο形狀與底部的方形ITp形狀對齊時，維持單兀間隙為4. 75 μιη。曝光是以2千瓦的深紫外燈 (UXM-2000)為光源來執行。、，，晶填充所得的液晶單元。利用垂直偏振光學顯微鏡，里每-液晶單元的液晶配向性質。使用晶體繞射法（晶體旋轉法）測量預傾角（pretiltangle)。結果展示在下列表 33 201231501 38435pif2 _25153號中文_書_1線修正本修正日期:轉10月邮在上述表1中’以化學式6和化學式7表示的化合物的f疋基於二元胺（其用以製備聚合物）的總莫耳數的莫耳 0/〇。〈性質評估〉評估液晶配向性質使用液晶單元來評估液晶配向劑的垂直配向性質。液晶單元以下述方法製造。在示準化的錮錫氧化物（in(jium_tin oxide ; ITO ) 玻璃基板上進行用以圖案化的微影製程，以移除IT〇，留下1. 5 cm X 1.5 cm的方形ΓΓΟ以及用以施加電壓的ΙΤ〇 .電極形狀。將實例1至10與比較例i及2的液晶配向劑旋塗於圖案化ιτο基板上（厚度達0· 1 μιη)，且在川它及21(rc 下固化。利用曝光器（UIS-S2021J7-YD(U，UshioLPUV)，以預先決定的角度和預先決定的能量曝光經固化的IT〇基板。將兩個經曝光的基板以下述方式結合：以相反的曝光方向（VA模式，90度）安置兩個經曝光的基板，並且在頂部的方形IT◦形狀與底部的方形ΓΓΡ形狀對齊時，維持單元間隙為4. 75 μιη。曝光是以2千瓦的深紫外燈 (UXM-2000)為光源來執行。以液晶填充所得的液晶單元。利用垂直偏振光學顯微鏡測量每一液晶單元的液晶配向性質。使用晶體繞射法（晶體旋轉法）測量預傾角（pretilt angle )。結果展示在下列表 33 201231501 38435pifl 爲第100125⑸號中文說明書無劃線修正本修IE曰期溯年9月16日 2中。評估液晶配向性質的參考標準如下：〈評估液晶配向性質的參考標準〉好：找不到向錯（disclination ) 差：找到向錯評估液晶配向膜的電壓一穿透率性質藉由使用單元間隙為4. 75 μιη的液晶單元來測量液晶配向膜的電壓一穿透率性質，以評估其電性特徵^結= 供於下列表2中。 <評估電壓一穿透率性質的參考標準〉好：99. 0%以上中：大於98. 5%且小於99.0% 差：98. 5%以下評估液晶配向膜的光反應性至2的液晶配厚，然後分別將根據實例1至10以及比較例1 向劑塗佈於潔淨的石英基板，且旋塗至01 在80°C的加熱板上預乾燥90秒。將預乾燥後的配向膜基板在22(rc的加熱板上烘烤15 分鐘，然後以10 mJ的能量曝光3到1〇秒，從而製造有配向膜印刷其上的基板。測量此基板對uv的吸收。觀於曝光導致的結構改變’以Reiser,s方法分析的吸收。結果提供於表2中。〈評估光反應性的參考標準〉 4 :光反應性25%以上 3 :光反應性20%以上，小於25% 2 光反應性10%以上，小於20% 1 :光反應性小於10% 34 201231501 38435pif2 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正日期:1〇〇年1()月丨8日 2中。評估液晶配向性質的參考標準如下：〈評估液晶配向性質的參考標準〉好：找不到向錯（disclination ) 差：找到向錯評估液晶配向膜的電壓一穿透率性質藉由使用單元間隙為4.75 μιη的液晶單配向膜的電麗-穿透率性質，以評估其電供於下列表2中。〈評估電壓一穿透率性質的參考標準〉好：99. 0%以上中：大於98. 5%且小於99.0% 差：98. 5%以下評估液晶配向膜的光反應性分別將根據實例1至10以及比較例丨至2的液晶齡向劑塗佈於潔淨的石英基板，且旋塗至0_ i μιη厚，然椽在80°C的加熱板上預乾燥90秒。 … 將預乾燥後的配向膜基板在22〇t：的加熱板上烘烤15 分在里’然後以1 〇 mj的能量曝光3到1 〇秒，從而製造有配向膜印刷其上的基板。測量此基板對uv的吸收。觀於曝光導致的結構改變，以Reiser，s方法分析的吸收。結果提供於表2中。〈評估光反應性的參考標準> 4 :光反應性25%以上 3 .光反應性20%以上，小於25% 2 .光反應性1〇%以上，小於2〇% 1 :光反應性小於10% 〇 34 201231501 38435pifl 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修_ 修正曰期:1〇〇年9月16日 (表2) — 製備實例配向性質電壓〜穿透率光反應性比較例1 PSA-1 —-—------ 好 ---- 中 2 實例1 PSA-2 好中 3 實例2 PSA-3 好好 3 實例3 PSA-4 好好 ------ 4 實例4 PSA-5 好好 4 實例5 PSA-6 好中 4 比較例2 PSI-1 好中 2 實例6 PSI-2 好好 3 實例7 PSI-3 好 --------- 好 —---— 3 實例8 PSI-4 好好 3 實例9 PSI-5 ------— 好好 4 實例10 PSI-6 ------- 好中 ______4 官合當前認為實用的例示性實施例來描述本 ί 應ΐ解’本發明不限於在此揭露的實施例，相反明思欲涵蓋在隨附申請專利範圍的精所包含的各種修改及各種等效的安排。 /、可内【圖式簡單說明】 ° Μ. 〇【主要元件符號說明】無0 〇 35 201231501 38435pif2 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正日期:100年10月18日 (表2 ) 製備實例配向性質電壓一穿透率光反應性比較例1 PSA-1 好中 2 實例1 PSA-2 好中 3 實例2 PSA-3 好好 3 實例3 PSA-4 好好 4 實例4 PSA-5 好好 4 實例5 PSA-6 好中 4 比較例2 PSI-1 好中 2 實例6 PSI-2 好好 3 實例7 PSI-3 好好 3 實例8 PSI-4 好好 3 實例9 PSI-5 好好 4 實例10 PSI-6 好中 4 儘管已結合當前認為實用的例示性實施例來描述本發明，但應瞭解，本發明不限於在此揭露的實施例，相反地，本發明意欲涵蓋在隨附申請專利範圍的精神與範轉内所包含的各種修改及各種等效的安排。【圖式簡單說明】無。【主要元件符號說明】 35 201231501. 3843'5pifl _ 你了 ^ 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正日期.100年9月16曰發明專利說明書 (本説明書格式、順序，請勿任意更動，※記號部分請勿填寫） ※申請案號·· 1 ※申請日： ※丨卩匸分類：一、發明名稱·（中文/英文）液晶配向劑、使用該液晶配向劑製造的液晶配向膜、以及含有該液晶配向膜的液晶顯示元件/ LIQUID ^ CRYSTAL ALIGNMENT AGENT, LIQUID CRYSTAL 〇 ALIGNMENT FILM MANUFACTURED USING THE SAME, AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE LIQUID CRYSTAL ALIGNMENT FILM 二、中文發明摘要：一種包含聚合物的液晶配向劑，上述聚合物是選自聚醯胺酸、聚醯亞胺及其組合，其中聚醯胺酸含有以下列化學式1表示的重複單元，而聚醯亞胺含有以下列化學式2 〇表示的重複單元。 [化學式1]32 201231501 38435pif2 For the Chinese manual No. 100125153, there is no slash correction. This revision date: October 18, 100 A solid amount of soluble polyimide resin. Examples 7 to 10: Preparation of Polyimine (PSI-3 to PSI-6) Polyimine (PSI-3 to PSI-6) solution was prepared according to the same method as Example 6, except that Chemical Formula 6 4-{2-[2-(2,4-Diaminophenyl)-ethoxyxo]-ethylidene}-phenyl 4-(4,4,4-dioxabutoxy) The amount of the benzoic acid ester and the compound represented by the above Chemical Formula 7 are shown in Table 1 below. In Table 1, 4-{2-[2-(2,4-diamino-phenyl)-ethoxycarbonyl]-vinyl}-phenyl 4-(4,4,4) represented by Chemical Formula 6. 5摩尔的。 The amount of the first and second additions were 0.5. 5 moles. 〇 (Table 1) Preparation Example Chemical Formula 6 Chemical Formula 7 Type Comparative Example 1 PSA-1 100 - Polyglycine Example 1 PSA-2 90 10 Polyglycine Example 2 PSA-3 80 20 Polyglycine Example 3 PSA- 4 70 30 Polyamine Example 4 PSA-5 60 40 Polyamide Example 5 PSA-6 50 50 Polyamide Comparative Example 2 PSI-1 100 - Polyimine Example 6 PSI-2 90 10 Polyfluorene Imine Example 7 PSI-3 80 20 Polyimine Example 8 PSI-4 70 30 Polyimine Example 9 PSI-5 60 40 Polyimine Example 10 PSI-6 50 50 Polyimine 32 201231501 38435pifl Table 100125153 Chinese manual without slash correction This revision date: 丨 (8) September i6 in the above Table 1 'The amount of the compound represented by Chemical Formula 6 and Chemical Formula 7 is based on a diamine (which is used to prepare a polymer) The total number of moles of moles. <Evaluation of Properties> Evaluation of Liquid Crystal Alignment Properties Liquid crystal cells were used to evaluate the vertical alignment properties of liquid crystal alignment agents. The liquid crystal unit was produced in the following manner. 0 The lithography process for patterning was performed on a standardized indium-tin oxide (ITO) glass substrate to remove the IT crucible, leaving a square ΙΤ0 of 1.5 cm X 1.5 cm and for application The shape of the ΙΤ〇 electrode of the voltage. The liquid crystal alignment agents of Examples 1 to 10 and Comparative Examples i and 2 were spin-coated on a patterned ITO substrate (thickness up to 1 μηι) at 7 Å. 〇 and under curing. The cured ITO-based (J-plate was exposed at a predetermined angle and a predetermined energy using an exposure device (UIS-S2021J7-YD01, UshioLPUV). The two exposed substrates were combined in the following manner: in opposite exposure directions (VA mode '9 degrees') The two exposed substrates are placed, and when the shape of the top square ιτο is aligned with the square ITp shape at the bottom, the single-turn gap is maintained at 4.75 μm. The exposure is 2 kW deep ultraviolet. The lamp (UXM-2000) is a light source to perform liquid crystal cell filling. The liquid crystal alignment property of each liquid crystal cell is measured by a vertical polarization optical microscope. The pretilt angle is measured by a crystal diffraction method (crystal rotation method). (pretiltangle). The results are shown in the following list 33 201231501 38435pif2 _25153 Chinese _ book _1 line revision date of this amendment: October 10 in the above table 1 'The formula of the compound represented by Chemical Formula 6 and Chemical Formula 7 based on the diamine Mohr 0/〇 of the total number of moles (which is used to prepare the polymer) <Evaluation of properties> Evaluation of liquid crystal alignment properties Liquid crystal cells are used to evaluate liquid crystal alignment The vertical alignment property. The liquid crystal cell was fabricated in the following manner. The lithography process for patterning was performed on an in-situ yttrium oxide (ITO) glass substrate to remove the IT 〇, leaving 1 5 cm X 1.5 cm square crucible and ΙΤ〇.electrode shape for applying voltage. The liquid crystal alignment agents of Examples 1 to 10 and Comparative Examples i and 2 were spin-coated on a patterned ιτο substrate (thickness of 0·1) Μιη), and cured under Sichuan and 21 (rc). Exposure of the cured IT(R) substrate at a predetermined angle and predetermined energy using an exposure device (UIS-S2021J7-YD (U, UshioLPUV). The exposed substrate is bonded in such a manner that two exposed substrates are placed in opposite exposure directions (VA mode, 90 degrees), and the cell gap is maintained when the top square IT◦ shape is aligned with the bottom square shape of the bottom. 4. 75 μm. The exposure was performed using a 2 kW deep ultraviolet lamp (UXM-2000) as a light source. The resulting liquid crystal cell was filled with liquid crystal. The liquid crystal alignment property of each liquid crystal cell was measured using a vertical polarization optical microscope. The pretilt angle was measured using the crystal diffraction method (crystal rotation method). The results are shown in the following table 33 201231501 38435pifl is the 100125 (5) Chinese manual without a slash correction IE 曰 period September 16 2 evaluation. The reference standards for the alignment properties of liquid crystals are as follows: <Reference standard for evaluating the alignment properties of liquid crystals> Good: Discrination difference can not be found: Find the voltage-penetration property of the liquid crystal alignment film by discriminating the error by using the cell gap of 4 A liquid crystal cell of 75 μm is used to measure the voltage-transmittance property of the liquid crystal alignment film to evaluate its electrical characteristics = for the following Table 2. <Reference standard for evaluating voltage-transmittance property> Good: 99. 0% or more Medium: greater than 98.5% and less than 99.0% Difference: 98.5% or less Evaluation of photoreactivity of liquid crystal alignment film to 2 liquid crystal The thickness was applied, and then the agents according to Examples 1 to 10 and Comparative Example 1 were applied to a clean quartz substrate, respectively, and spin-coated to 01 on a hot plate at 80 ° C for 90 seconds. The pre-dried alignment film substrate was baked on a hot plate of 22 (rc for 15 minutes, and then exposed to an energy of 10 mJ for 3 to 1 second to prepare a substrate on which an alignment film was printed. The substrate was measured for uv. Absorption. Observation of structural changes caused by exposure 'Absorption by Reiser, s method. The results are provided in Table 2. <Reference criteria for evaluating photoreactivity> 4: Photoreactivity 25% or more 3: Photoreactivity 20 % or more, less than 25% 2 Photoreactivity 10% or more, less than 20% 1 : Photoreactivity is less than 10% 34 201231501 38435pif2 is No. 100125153 Chinese manual without scribe correction This revision date: 1〇〇1 ()丨8, 2nd. The reference standard for evaluating the alignment properties of liquid crystals is as follows: <Reference standard for evaluating the alignment properties of liquid crystals> Good: Discrination can not be found: Finding the voltage-penetration property of the liquid crystal alignment film The electrical conductivity of the liquid crystal single alignment film with a cell gap of 4.75 μηη was evaluated to evaluate its electrical supply in the following Table 2. <Reference Standard for Evaluation of Voltage-Permeability Properties> Good: 99. 0 More than % More than 98.5% and less than 99.0% Difference: 98.5% or less The photoreactivity of the liquid crystal alignment film was evaluated. The liquid crystal ageing agents according to Examples 1 to 10 and Comparative Examples 2 to 2 were respectively applied to a clean quartz substrate. And spin-coated to 0_i μιη thick, and then pre-dried on a hot plate at 80 ° C for 90 seconds. ... The pre-dried alignment film substrate is baked on a 22 〇t: hot plate for 15 minutes. Exposing the energy of 1 〇mj for 3 to 1 sec to produce a substrate having an alignment film printed thereon. The absorption of uv by the substrate was measured. The structural change caused by the exposure was observed, and the absorption was analyzed by the Reiser, s method. It is provided in Table 2. <Reference standard for evaluating photoreactivity> 4: Photoreactivity is 25% or more 3. Photoreactivity is 20% or more, less than 25% 2. Photoreactivity is 1% or more, less than 2% 1 : Photoreactivity is less than 10% 〇34 201231501 38435pifl No. 100125153 Chinese manual without scribe repair _ Correction period: September 16th, 1st year (Table 2) - Preparation example Alignment property voltage ~ transmittance light Reactivity Comparison Example 1 PSA-1 —-—------ Good---- Medium 2 Example 1 PSA-2 Good 3 Instance 2 PSA-3 Good 3 Instance 3 PSA-4 Good ------ 4 Instance 4 PSA-5 Good 4 Instance 5 PSA-6 Good Medium 4 Comparative Example 2 PSI-1 Good Medium 2 Instance 6 PSI -2 Good 3 Instance 7 PSI-3 Good--------- Good----- 3 Example 8 PSI-4 Good 3 Instance 9 PSI-5 ------- Good 4 Instance 10 PSI -6 ------- ______4 _________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Various modifications and various equivalent arrangements are included in the scope of the patent application. /, can be inside [Simple description] ° Μ. 〇 [Main component symbol description] No 0 〇35 201231501 38435pif2 is No. 100125153 Chinese manual without scribe correction This revision date: October 18, 100 (Table 2) Preparation Example Alignment Properties Voltage-Transmission Rate Photoreactivity Comparison Example 1 PSA-1 Good Medium 2 Example 1 PSA-2 Good Medium 3 Example 2 PSA-3 Good 3 Example 3 PSA-4 Good 4 Example 4 PSA-5 Good 4 Example 5 PSA-6 Good Medium 4 Comparative Example 2 PSI-1 Good Medium 2 Example 6 PSI-2 Good 3 Example 7 PSI-3 Good 3 Example 8 PSI-4 Good 3 Example 9 PSI-5 Good 4 Example 10 PSI-6 The present invention is described in connection with the exemplary embodiments that are presently considered to be practical, but it is understood that the invention is not limited to the embodiments disclosed herein, but the invention is intended to cover the spirit of the appended claims. Various modifications and various equivalent arrangements contained in Fan Zhuan. [Simple description of the diagram] None. [Main component symbol description] 35 201231501. 3843'5pifl _ You have ^ No. 100125153 Chinese manual without line correction This revision date. 100 years September 16 invention patent specification (this specification format, order, please do not For the change, please do not fill in the ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ And a liquid crystal display element comprising the liquid crystal alignment film / LIQUID ^ CRYSTAL ALIGNMENT AGENT, LIQUID CRYSTAL 〇 ALIGNMENT FILM MANUFACTURED USING THE SAME, AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE LIQUID CRYSTAL ALIGNMENT FILM II. Abstract of Chinese: A polymer-containing The liquid crystal alignment agent, wherein the polymer is selected from the group consisting of polylysine, polyimine, and combinations thereof, wherein the polyamine contains a repeating unit represented by the following Chemical Formula 1, and the polyimine contains the following chemical formula 2 Repeat unit. [Chemical Formula 1]

201231501 38435pif2 ' 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正日期·年1〇月18日發明專利說明書 (本說明書格式、順序’請勿任意更動’※記號部分請勿填寫） ※申請案號：丨。〇/⑸〇 mpc 分類：一、發明名稱：（中文/英文）液晶配向劑、使用該液晶配向劑製造的液晶配向膜、以及含有該液晶配向膜的液晶顯示元件/ LIQUID CRYSTAL ALIGNMENT AGENT, LIQUID CRYSTAL ALIGNMENT FILM MANUFACTURED USING THE SAME, AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE LIQUID CRYSTAL ALIGNMENT FILM 二、中文發明摘要：一種包含聚合物的液晶配向劑，上述聚合物是選自聚醯胺酸、聚醯亞胺及其組合，其中聚醯胺酸含有以下列化學式1表示的重複單元，而聚醯亞胺含有以下列化學式2 表示的重複單元。 [化學式1] 〇〇 -NH"—^ \χ1 / \ HOOC COOH 201231501 38435pifl 修正日期:1〇〇年9月16日爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本 [化學式2] Ο Ο201231501 38435pif2 ' For the Chinese manual No. 100125153, there is no slash correction. The date of this revision is the first invention. The format of the manual, the order of the manual, please do not change it. ※Please do not fill in the number of the mark. ※Application number: Hey. 〇/(5)〇mpc Classification: 1. Invention Name: (Chinese/English) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film manufactured using the liquid crystal alignment agent, and liquid crystal display element containing the liquid crystal alignment film / LIQUID CRYSTAL ALIGNMENT AGENT, LIQUID CRYSTAL ALIGNMENT FILM MANUFACTURED USING THE SAME, AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE LIQUID CRYSTAL ALIGNMENT FILM II. Abstract of Chinese Invention: A liquid crystal alignment agent comprising a polymer selected from the group consisting of polylysine, polyimine and A combination wherein the polyaminic acid contains a repeating unit represented by the following Chemical Formula 1, and the polyiminimide contains a repeating unit represented by the following Chemical Formula 2. [Chemical Formula 1] 〇〇 -NH"—^ \χ1 / \ HOOC COOH 201231501 38435pifl Revision date: September 16th, 1st year No. 100125153 Chinese manual without scribe correction [Chemical Formula 2] Ο Ο

Ο 〇在化學式1與化學式2中，每一 X1、X2、Y1及Y2是與實施方式所描述者相同。三、英文發明摘要： A liquid crystal alignment agent is provided that includes a polymer selected from polyamic acid including a repeating unit represented by the following Chemical Formula 1, polyimide including a repeating unit represented by the following Chemical Formula 2, and a combination thereof. [Chemical Formula 1] O OΟ 〇 In Chemical Formula 1 and Chemical Formula 2, each of X1, X2, Y1 and Y2 is the same as described in the embodiment. III. English Abstract: A liquid crystal alignment agent is provided that includes a polymer selected from polyamic acid including a repeating unit represented by the following Chemical Formula 1, polyimide including a repeating unit represented by the following Chemical Formula 2, and a combination thereof [Chemical Formula 1] OO

HOOC COOH / \ 201231501 38435pif2 修正日期:動年10月18日爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本 [化學式2]HOOC COOH / \ 201231501 38435pif2 Revision date: October 18th of the year is No. 100125153 Chinese manual without line correction [Chemical Formula 2]

在化學式1與化學式2中，每一 X1、X2、Y1及Y2是與實施方式所描述者相同。三、英文發明摘要： A liquid crystal alignment agent is provided that includes a polymer selected from polyamic acid including a repeating unit represented by the following Chemical Formula 1, polyimide including a repeating unit represented by the following Chemical Formula 2, and a combination thereof. [Chemical Formula 1] O O o HOOC COOH x 201231501 3843'5pifl 修正日期:100年9月16日爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本 [Chemical Formula 2] Ο ΟIn Chemical Formula 1 and Chemical Formula 2, each of X1, X2, Y1 and Y2 is the same as described in the embodiment. III. English Abstract: A liquid crystal alignment agent is provided that includes a polymer selected from polyamic acid including a repeating unit represented by the following Chemical Formula 1, polyimide including a repeating unit represented by the following Chemical Formula 2, and a combination thereof [Chemical Formula 1] OO o HOOC COOH x 201231501 3843'5pifl Revision date: September 16, 100 is the 100125153 Chinese manual without a slash correction [Chemical Formula 2] Ο Ο

In Chemical Formulae 1 and 2, each X1 are the same as in the detailed description. ,X2, Y1 and Y2 修正曰期:100年10月18日 201231501 38435pif2 ' 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本 [Chemical Formula 2]In Chemical Formulae 1 and 2, each X1 are the same as in the detailed description. , X2, Y1 and Y2 Revision period: October 18, 2012 201231501 38435pif2 ' is the 100125153 Chinese manual without a slash correction [Chemical Formula 2]

In Chemical Formulae 1 and 2, each X1 are the same as in the detailed description. ,X2, Y1 and Y2 201231501 38435pifl 修正曰期:1〇〇年9月16日爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本七、申請專利範圍： 1. 一種液晶配向劑，包括：聚合物，選自聚醯胺酸、聚醯亞胺及其組合，其中所述聚醯胺酸含有以下列化學式1表示的重複單元，所述聚醯亞胺含有以下列化學式2表示的重複單元： [化學式1]In Chemical Formulae 1 and 2, each X1 are the same as in the detailed description. ,X2, Y1 and Y2 201231501 38435pifl Revision period: September 16th of the following year is No. 100125153 Chinese manual without line correction Patent application scope: 1. A liquid crystal alignment agent comprising: a polymer selected from the group consisting of polylysine, polyimine, and combinations thereof, wherein the polyamine contains a repeating unit represented by the following Chemical Formula 1, The polyimine contains a repeating unit represented by the following Chemical Formula 2: [Chemical Formula 1]

[化學式2] Ο 〇[Chemical Formula 2] Ο 〇

其中，在化學式1及化學式2中， X1與X2相同或不同，且各自獨立為衍生自脂環酸二酐或芳香酸二酐的四價有機基，且 Y1與Y2相同或不同，且各自獨立為衍生自二元胺的二價有機基，且所述二元胺包括以下列化學式3表示的二元胺或其組合， 36 201231501 38435piG 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正曰期:100年10月18日七、申請專利範圍： 1. 一種液晶配向劑，包括：聚合物，選自聚醯胺酸、聚醯亞胺及其組合，其中所述聚醯胺酸含有以下列化學式1表示的重複單元，所述聚醯亞胺含有以下列化學式2表示的重複單元： [化學式1] 〇〇Wherein, in Chemical Formula 1 and Chemical Formula 2, X1 and X2 are the same or different, and each independently is a tetravalent organic group derived from an alicyclic acid dianhydride or an aromatic acid dianhydride, and Y1 and Y2 are the same or different and are each independently Is a divalent organic group derived from a diamine, and the diamine includes a diamine represented by the following Chemical Formula 3 or a combination thereof, 36 201231501 38435piG is No. 100125153 Chinese specification without a slash correction. October 18, 100 VII. Patent Application Range: 1. A liquid crystal alignment agent comprising: a polymer selected from the group consisting of polylysine, polyimine, and combinations thereof, wherein the polyamine contains the following chemical formula A repeating unit represented by 1, wherein the polyimine contains a repeating unit represented by the following Chemical Formula 2: [Chemical Formula 1] 〇〇

HOOC’ \〇〇H [化學式2] Ο ΟHOOC’ \〇〇H [Chemical Formula 2] Ο Ο

Ο 〇其中，在化學式1及化學式2中， X1與X2相同或不同，且各自獨立為衍生自脂環酸二 if或芳香酸二酐的四價有機基，且 Y1與Y2相同或不同，且各自獨立為衍生自二元胺的二價有機基，且所述二元胺包括以下列化學式3表示的二元胺或其組合，In the chemical formula 1 and the chemical formula 2, X1 and X2 are the same or different, and each independently is a tetravalent organic group derived from an alicyclic acid di-if or an aromatic acid dianhydride, and Y1 and Y2 are the same or different, and Each of them is independently a divalent organic group derived from a diamine, and the diamine includes a diamine represented by the following Chemical Formula 3 or a combination thereof.

36 201231501 38435pifl 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正日期:100年9月16日 [化學式3]36 201231501 38435pifl No change in the Chinese manual for the 100125153. This revision date: September 16, 100 [Chemical Formula 3]

其中，在化學式3中， Ο A1是單鍵或C1至C2伸烷基， A2是經取代或未經取代的C1至C30伸烧基，或其中至少一個-CH2-基團被-〇-、-OOC-、-COO-、-OCOO-、 -NHCO-、-CONH-或-CO-獨立取代的C1至C10伸烷基， A3 是單鍵、Ο、S02 或 C(R103)(R104)，其中 R103 與 r1〇4 相同或不同，且各自獨立為氫或經取代或未經取代的C1 至C6烷基， R1至R4相同或不同，且各自獨立為氫、經取代或未 q 經取代的C1至C30烷基、經取代或未經取代的C6至C30 芳基或經取代或未經取代的C2至C30雜芳基， R5是經取代或未經取代的C1至C30伸烷基，或其中至少一個-CH2-基團被-CO-、-CO-O·、-NW-、-NWCO-、 -CO-NW-或-CH=CH-獨立取代的C1至C30伸烷基，其中 W是氫或C1至C10烷基，且R5中的〇在&中不形成-0-0-鍵結，也不和與r_5相連的〇形成鍵結’ Q1、Q2與Q3各自獨立為氫或鹵素，且 η是從2到4的整數。 37 ,201231501 , 38435pif2 修正日期:1〇〇年_日 [化學式3]Wherein, in Chemical Formula 3, Ο A1 is a single bond or a C1 to C2 alkylene group, A2 is a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C30 alkylene group, or at least one of -CH2- groups is -〇-, -OOC-, -COO-, -OCOO-, -NHCO-, -CONH- or -CO- independently substituted C1 to C10 alkylene, A3 is a single bond, hydrazine, S02 or C(R103) (R104), Wherein R103 is the same as or different from r1〇4, and each independently is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C6 alkyl, R1 to R4 are the same or different and are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted. a C1 to C30 alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted C6 to C30 aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted C2 to C30 heteroaryl group, R5 is a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C30 alkylene group, or a C1 to C30 alkyl group in which at least one -CH2- group is independently substituted by -CO-, -CO-O., -NW-, -NWCO-, -CO-NW- or -CH=CH-, wherein W Is hydrogen or a C1 to C10 alkyl group, and the ruthenium in R5 does not form an -0-0-bond in & and does not form a bond with ruthenium attached to r_5 'Q1, Q2 and Q3 are each independently hydrogen or Halogen, and η is an integer from 2 to 4. 37,201231501, 38435pif2 Revision date: 1 year _ day [Chemical Formula 3]

爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本其中，在化學式3中， A1是單鍵或C1至C2伸烷基， A2是經取代或未經取代的C1至C30伸烷基，或其中至少一個 _CH2-基團被-0-、-OOC-、-COO-、_〇c〇〇 -NHCO-、-CONH-或-CO-獨立取代的C1至ci〇伸烷基， A3 是單鍵、〇、S02 或 C(R103)(Rl〇4)，其中 Ri〇3 相同或不同’且各自獨立為氫或經取代或未經取代的Ci 至C6燒基’ R1至R4相同或不同，且各自獨立為氫、經取代或未經取代的C1至C30烧基、經取代或未經取代的c6至c3〇芳基或經取代或未經取代的C2至C30雜芳基， R5是經取代或未經取代的C1至〇3〇伸烷基，或其中至少一個-CH2-基團被-CO-、_c〇_〇_、_NW_、_Nwc〇-、 -CO-NW-或-CH=CH-獨立取代的α至C3〇伸烷基，其中 W是氫或Cl至CIO烷基，且&中的〇在&中不形成_〇七_ 鍵結，也不和與尺5相連的〇形成鍵結， Q1、Q2與Q3各自獨立為氫或鹵素，且 η是從2到4的整數。 37 201231501 38435pifl 爲第臟25153號中文說日月書無劃線修正本修正曰期漏年9月16日 2.如申請專利範圍第1項所述之液晶配向劑，其中所述二元胺更包括以下列化學式4表示的二元胺或其組合： [化學式4]In the chemical formula 3, A1 is a single bond or a C1 to C2 alkylene group, and A2 is a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C30 alkylene group, or at least one of them. a C1 to ci alkyl group in which the _CH2- group is independently substituted by -0, -OOC-, -COO-, _〇c〇〇-NHCO-, -CONH- or -CO-, A3 is a single bond, 〇, S02 or C(R103)(Rl〇4), wherein Ri〇3 are the same or different 'and each independently hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted Ci to C6 alkyl' R1 to R4 are the same or different and each Independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C30 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted c6 to c3 aryl or substituted or unsubstituted C2 to C30 heteroaryl, R5 is substituted or Unsubstituted C1 to 〇3〇alkyl, or at least one of -CH2- groups thereof is -CO-, _c〇_〇_, _NW_, _Nwc〇-, -CO-NW- or -CH=CH- An independently substituted α to C3 alkylene group, wherein W is hydrogen or Cl to CIO alkyl, and the oxime in & does not form a 〇7 _ bond, and is not associated with 尺5 Forming a bond, Q1, Q2 and Q3 are each independently hydrogen or halogen And η is an integer from 2 to 4. 37 201231501 38435pifl is the visceral 25153 Chinese saying that the sun and the moon are not underlined. This amendment is the liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 1, wherein the diamine is more The diamine or a combination thereof represented by the following Chemical Formula 4 is included: [Chemical Formula 4]

a3-r5-c〆 Q2 Q1A3-r5-c〆 Q2 Q1

其中，在化學式4中， A1是單鍵或C1至C2伸烧基， A2是經取代或未經取代的C1至C30伸烷基，或其中至少一個-CH2-基團被-〇-、-OOC-、_COO-、-OCOO-、 -NHCO-、-CONH-或-CO-獨立取代的Cl至CIO伸烧基。 A3 是單鍵、Ο、S02 或 C(R103)(r1〇4)，其中 ri〇3 與 r1〇4 相同或不同，且各自獨立為氫或經取代或未經取代的Cl 至C6烷基， R至R相同或不同，且各自獨立為氫、經取代或未經取代的C1至C30烷基、經取代或未經取代的C6至C3〇芳基或經取代或未經取代的C2至C30雜芳基， R5是環狀或未經取代的C1至C30伸烷基，或其中至少一個-CH2-基團被-CO-、-CO-O·、_NW-、_NWCO~ -CO-NW-或-CH=CH-獨立取代的C1至C30伸烧基，其中 38 201231501 38435pif2 修正日期:丨〇〇年10月18日爲第100125153號中文說明書無 2.—如申請專利範圍第！項所述之液晶配向劑，其中所述二元胺更包括以下列化學式4表示的二元胺或其組合： [化學式4]Wherein, in Chemical Formula 4, A1 is a single bond or a C1 to C2 alkylene group, A2 is a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C30 alkylene group, or at least one of the -CH2- groups is -〇-, - OOC-, _COO-, -OCOO-, -NHCO-, -CONH- or -CO- independently substituted Cl to CIO extender groups. A3 is a single bond, hydrazine, S02 or C(R103)(r1〇4), wherein ri〇3 is the same or different from r1〇4, and each independently is hydrogen or a substituted or unsubstituted Cl to C6 alkyl group, R to R are the same or different and are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C30 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C6 to C3 fluorenyl or substituted or unsubstituted C2 to C30 a heteroaryl group, R5 is a cyclic or unsubstituted C1 to C30 alkylene group, or at least one of the -CH2- groups is -CO-, -CO-O., _NW-, _NWCO~-CO-NW- Or -CH=CH- independently substituted C1 to C30 stretching base, of which 38 201231501 38435pif2 Revision date: October 18th of the following year is No. 100125153 Chinese manual No. 2. If the scope of patent application is the first! The liquid crystal alignment agent according to the above, wherein the diamine further comprises a diamine represented by the following Chemical Formula 4 or a combination thereof: [Chemical Formula 4]

其中，在化學式4中， A1是單鍵或C1至C2伸烧基， A2是經取代或未經取代的C1至C3〇伸烷基，或其中至少一個-CH2-基團被-〇_、_ooc_、TOO、、 -NHCO-、-CONH-或-CO-獨立取代的C1至cl〇伸炫基。 A 疋單鍵、Ο、S02 或 C(R103)(R1〇4)，其中 Ri〇3 與 ri〇4 相同或不同，且各自獨立為氫或經取代或未經取代的Cl 至C6烷基， R1至R4相同或不同’且各自獨立為氫、經取代或未經取代的C1至C30烧基、經取代或未經取代的c6至C30 芳基或經取代或未經取代的C2至C30雜芳基， R5是環狀或未經取代的C1至C30伸燒基，或其中至少一個-CH〗-基團被-CO-、-CO-0-、-NW-、-NWCO-、 -CO-NW-或-CH=CH-獨立取代的C1至C30伸烧基，其中〇 38 201231501 38435pifl 爲第画25153號中文說明書無瓣修正本修正日期侧年9月16日 W是氫或C1至C10烷基’且Rs中的〇在心中不形成·〇_〇_ 鍵結，也不和與&相連的〇形成鍵結，且 Q1、Q2以及Q3各自獨立為氫或鹵素。° 3.如申請專利範圍第2項所述之液晶配向劑，其中以所述二元胺的總量計，所述二元胺包括莫耳％到9〇莫耳％所述以化學式3表示的二元胺以及1〇莫耳％到8〇莫耳％所述以化學式4表示的二元胺。〇 4.如申請專利範圍第1項所述之液晶配向劑，其中所述以化學式3表示的二元胺是以下列化學式5表示的二元胺：Wherein, in Chemical Formula 4, A1 is a single bond or a C1 to C2 alkylene group, A2 is a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C3 alkylene group, or at least one of -CH2- groups is -〇_, _ooc_, TOO, -NHCO-, -CONH- or -CO- independently substituted C1 to cl〇. A 疋 a single bond, hydrazine, S02 or C(R103)(R1〇4), wherein Ri 〇 3 is the same or different from ri 〇 4 and each independently is hydrogen or a substituted or unsubstituted Cl to C 6 alkyl group, R1 to R4 are the same or different and each independently is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C30 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted c6 to C30 aryl or substituted or unsubstituted C2 to C30 Aryl, R5 is a cyclic or unsubstituted C1 to C30 alkyl group, or at least one of the -CH groups is -CO-, -CO-0-, -NW-, -NWCO-, -CO -NW- or -CH=CH- independently substituted C1 to C30 stretching base, wherein 〇38 201231501 38435pifl is the first drawing 25153 Chinese manual no flap correction this revision date side September 16th W is hydrogen or C1 to C10 The alkyl group and the ruthenium in Rs do not form a 〇_〇_ bond in the core, and do not form a bond with 〇 attached to & and Q1, Q2 and Q3 are each independently hydrogen or halogen. The liquid crystal alignment agent of claim 2, wherein the diamine comprises from 5% by mole to 9% by mole based on the total amount of the diamine. The diamine and the diamine represented by Chemical Formula 4 are from 1% by mole to 8% by mole. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 1, wherein the diamine represented by Chemical Formula 3 is a diamine represented by the following Chemical Formula 5:

[化學式5][Chemical Formula 5]

其中’在化學式5中， A21 是-0-、_〇〇c_ 或-COO-， R11至R14相同或不同，且各自獨立為氫或經取代或未經取代的C1至C10烷基， nl是從2到4的整數，且 n2是從〇到2的整數。 5.如申請專利範圍第1項所述之液晶配向劑，其中 39 201231501 38435pif2 爲第100125153號中文_書_線修正本修正日期:⑽年10月18日 W是氫或C1至C10烷基，且R5中的（^在仏中不形成_〇_〇_ 鍵結，也不和與RS相連的〇形成-0-0-鍵結，且 Q1、Q2以及Q各自獨立為氣或_素。 3. 如申請專利範圍第2項所述之液晶配向劑，其中以所述二元胺的總量計’所述二元胺包括20莫耳％到90 莫耳％所述以化學式3表示的二元胺以及1〇莫耳％到8〇莫尊％所述以化學式4表示的二元胺。 4. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之液晶配向劑，其中所述以化學式3表示的二元胺是以下列化學式5表示的二元胺： [化學式5]Wherein 'in Chemical Formula 5, A21 is -0-, _〇〇c_ or -COO-, and R11 to R14 are the same or different and each independently is hydrogen or a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C10 alkyl group, nl is An integer from 2 to 4, and n2 is an integer from 〇 to 2. 5. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to item 1 of the patent application, wherein 39 201231501 38435pif2 is the 100125125153 Chinese_book_line revision revision date: (10) October 18th, W is hydrogen or C1 to C10 alkyl, And (5) in R5 does not form a _〇_〇_ bond, and does not form an -0-0-bond with 〇 connected to RS, and Q1, Q2, and Q are each independently gas or _. 3. The liquid crystal alignment agent of claim 2, wherein the diamine comprises from 20 mol% to 90 mol%, expressed as the chemical formula 3, based on the total amount of the diamine The diamine and the diamine of the formula 4, wherein the liquid crystal alignment agent is represented by the chemical formula 3, wherein the liquid crystal alignment agent is represented by the chemical formula 3. The diamine is a diamine represented by the following Chemical Formula 5: [Chemical Formula 5]

其中，在化學式5中， A21 是-〇-、-OOC-或-COO-， , ., ^ R11至R14相同或不同，且各自獨立為践經取代> 經取代的C1至C10烷基， nl是從2到4的整數，且 f是從Q到2的整數。㈣劑，其中 5.如申請專利範圍第1項所止 39 201231501 38435pifl 修正日期:⑽年9月16日爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本所述聚醯胺酸與所述聚醯亞胺的重量平均分子量為 50, 000 至 500, 000。 6. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之液晶配向劑，其中所述液晶配向劑是以1 : 99至50: 50的重量比例包括所述聚醯胺酸與所述聚醯亞胺。 7. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之液晶配向劑，其中所述液晶配向劑包括1重量％至30重量％的固體。 8. —種液晶配向膜，藉由將如申請專利範圍第i項戶斤述的液晶配向劑塗佈在基板上而製造。 9. 一種液晶顯示器，包括如申請專利範圍第8項所述的浪晶配向膜。 40 201231501 38435pif2 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正日期:1〇〇年10月18日所述聚醯胺酸與所述聚醯亞胺的重量平均分子量為 50, 000 至 500, 000。 6. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之液晶配向劑，其中所述液晶配向劑是以1 : 9 9至5 0 : 5 0的重量比例包括所述聚醯胺酸與所述聚醯亞胺。 7. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之液晶配向劑，其中所述液晶配向劑包括1重量％至30重量％的固體。 8. —種液晶配向膜，藉由將如申請專利範圍第1項所述的液晶配向劑塗佈在基板上而製造。 9. 一種液晶顯示器，包括如申請專利範圍第8項所述的液晶配向膜。 40 201231501 38435pifl ' 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正日期:100年9月16日四、指定代表圖： (一）本案之指定代表圖：無。 (二）本代表圖之元件符號簡單說明：無。五、本案若有化學式時，請揭示最能顯示發明特徵的化學式： [化學式1] 〇〇 -ΝΗ—Υ* *ΜΗ·~I X / \ HOOC xC〇〇H [化學式2] Ο ΟWherein, in Chemical Formula 5, A21 is -〇-, -OOC- or -COO-, , . , R11 to R14 are the same or different, and each independently is a substituted C> substituted C1 to C10 alkyl group, Nl is an integer from 2 to 4, and f is an integer from Q to 2. (4) Agents, of which 5. As claimed in the first paragraph of the patent application, 39 201231501 38435pifl Revision date: (10) September 16, the 100th Chinese version of the specification is not underlined to correct the poly-proline and the Poly The amine has a weight average molecular weight of from 50,000 to 50,000. 6. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 1, wherein the liquid crystal alignment agent comprises the polyamic acid and the polyimine in a weight ratio of 1:99 to 50:50. 7. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 1, wherein the liquid crystal alignment agent comprises 1% by weight to 30% by weight of a solid. 8. A liquid crystal alignment film produced by coating a liquid crystal alignment agent as described in the scope of claim ii on a substrate. A liquid crystal display comprising the wave crystal alignment film as described in claim 8 of the patent application. 40 201231501 38435pif2 is the Chinese manual No. 100125153 without a slash correction. The date of this amendment: October 18, 2010, the weight average molecular weight of the polyplycidic acid and the polyimine is 50,000 to 500,000. . 6. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 1, wherein the liquid crystal alignment agent comprises the polyamic acid and the polypyridae in a weight ratio of 1:99 to 50:50. amine. 7. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 1, wherein the liquid crystal alignment agent comprises 1% by weight to 30% by weight of a solid. A liquid crystal alignment film produced by applying a liquid crystal alignment agent as described in claim 1 to a substrate. A liquid crystal display comprising the liquid crystal alignment film as described in claim 8 of the patent application. 40 201231501 38435pifl ' For the Chinese manual No. 100125153, there is no slash correction. This revision date: September 16, 100. IV. Designated representative map: (1) The designated representative of the case: None. (2) A brief description of the symbol of the representative figure: None. 5. If there is a chemical formula in this case, please disclose the chemical formula that best shows the characteristics of the invention: [Chemical Formula 1] 〇〇 -ΝΗ-Υ* *ΜΗ·~I X / \ HOOC xC〇〇H [Chemical Formula 2] Ο Ο

丫丫 Ο 〇 201231501 38435pif2 爲第100125153號中文說明書無劃線修正本修正曰期:100年10月18日四、指定代表圖： (一）本案之指定代表圖：無。 (二）本代表圖之元件符號簡單說明：無。五、本案若有化學式時，請揭示最能顯示發明特徵的化學式： [化學式1] 〇〇 Γ II II 1 1 ^x1 / \ HOOC COOH [化學式2] Ο Ο丫丫 Ο 〇 201231501 38435pif2 For the Chinese manual No. 100125153, there is no slash correction. This revision period: October 18, 100. IV. Designated representative map: (1) The designated representative of the case: None. (2) A brief description of the symbol of the representative figure: None. 5. If there is a chemical formula in this case, please disclose the chemical formula that best shows the characteristics of the invention: [Chemical Formula 1] 〇〇 Γ II II 1 1 ^x1 / \ HOOC COOH [Chemical Formula 2] Ο Ο

Ο 〇 4Ο 〇 4